1 /* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */ 2 #ifndef __NET_CFG80211_H 3 #define __NET_CFG80211_H 4 /* 5 * 802.11 device and configuration interface 6 * 7 * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> 8 * Copyright 2013-2014 Intel Mobile Communications GmbH 9 * Copyright 2015-2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH 10 * Copyright (C) 2018-2021 Intel Corporation 11 */ 12 13 #include <linux/ethtool.h> 14 #include <uapi/linux/rfkill.h> 15 #include <linux/netdevice.h> 16 #include <linux/debugfs.h> 17 #include <linux/list.h> 18 #include <linux/bug.h> 19 #include <linux/netlink.h> 20 #include <linux/skbuff.h> 21 #include <linux/nl80211.h> 22 #include <linux/if_ether.h> 23 #include <linux/ieee80211.h> 24 #include <linux/net.h> 25 #include <linux/rfkill.h> 26 #include <net/regulatory.h> 27 28 /** 29 * DOC: Introduction 30 * 31 * cfg80211 is the configuration API for 802.11 devices in Linux. It bridges 32 * userspace and drivers, and offers some utility functionality associated 33 * with 802.11. cfg80211 must, directly or indirectly via mac80211, be used 34 * by all modern wireless drivers in Linux, so that they offer a consistent 35 * API through nl80211. For backward compatibility, cfg80211 also offers 36 * wireless extensions to userspace, but hides them from drivers completely. 37 * 38 * Additionally, cfg80211 contains code to help enforce regulatory spectrum 39 * use restrictions. 40 */ 41 42 43 /** 44 * DOC: Device registration 45 * 46 * In order for a driver to use cfg80211, it must register the hardware device 47 * with cfg80211. This happens through a number of hardware capability structs 48 * described below. 49 * 50 * The fundamental structure for each device is the 'wiphy', of which each 51 * instance describes a physical wireless device connected to the system. Each 52 * such wiphy can have zero, one, or many virtual interfaces associated with 53 * it, which need to be identified as such by pointing the network interface's 54 * @ieee80211_ptr pointer to a &struct wireless_dev which further describes 55 * the wireless part of the interface, normally this struct is embedded in the 56 * network interface's private data area. Drivers can optionally allow creating 57 * or destroying virtual interfaces on the fly, but without at least one or the 58 * ability to create some the wireless device isn't useful. 59 * 60 * Each wiphy structure contains device capability information, and also has 61 * a pointer to the various operations the driver offers. The definitions and 62 * structures here describe these capabilities in detail. 63 */ 64 65 struct wiphy; 66 67 /* 68 * wireless hardware capability structures 69 */ 70 71 /** 72 * enum ieee80211_channel_flags - channel flags 73 * 74 * Channel flags set by the regulatory control code. 75 * 76 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED: This channel is disabled. 77 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR: do not initiate radiation, this includes 78 * sending probe requests or beaconing. 79 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR: Radar detection is required on this channel. 80 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS: extension channel above this channel 81 * is not permitted. 82 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS: extension channel below this channel 83 * is not permitted. 84 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM: OFDM is not allowed on this channel. 85 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ: If the driver supports 80 MHz on the band, 86 * this flag indicates that an 80 MHz channel cannot use this 87 * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels. 88 * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth 89 * restrictions. 90 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ: If the driver supports 160 MHz on the band, 91 * this flag indicates that an 160 MHz channel cannot use this 92 * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels. 93 * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth 94 * restrictions. 95 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY 96 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT 97 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz bandwidth is not permitted 98 * on this channel. 99 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz bandwidth is not permitted 100 * on this channel. 101 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HE: HE operation is not permitted on this channel. 102 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_1MHZ: 1 MHz bandwidth is permitted 103 * on this channel. 104 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_2MHZ: 2 MHz bandwidth is permitted 105 * on this channel. 106 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_4MHZ: 4 MHz bandwidth is permitted 107 * on this channel. 108 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_8MHZ: 8 MHz bandwidth is permitted 109 * on this channel. 110 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_16MHZ: 16 MHz bandwidth is permitted 111 * on this channel. 112 * 113 */ 114 enum ieee80211_channel_flags { 115 IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED = 1<<0, 116 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR = 1<<1, 117 /* hole at 1<<2 */ 118 IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR = 1<<3, 119 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS = 1<<4, 120 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS = 1<<5, 121 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM = 1<<6, 122 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ = 1<<7, 123 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ = 1<<8, 124 IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY = 1<<9, 125 IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT = 1<<10, 126 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ = 1<<11, 127 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ = 1<<12, 128 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HE = 1<<13, 129 IEEE80211_CHAN_1MHZ = 1<<14, 130 IEEE80211_CHAN_2MHZ = 1<<15, 131 IEEE80211_CHAN_4MHZ = 1<<16, 132 IEEE80211_CHAN_8MHZ = 1<<17, 133 IEEE80211_CHAN_16MHZ = 1<<18, 134 }; 135 136 #define IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40 \ 137 (IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS | IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS) 138 139 #define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_CAC_TIME_MS 60000 140 #define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_NOP_TIME_MS (30 * 60 * 1000) 141 142 /** 143 * struct ieee80211_channel - channel definition 144 * 145 * This structure describes a single channel for use 146 * with cfg80211. 147 * 148 * @center_freq: center frequency in MHz 149 * @freq_offset: offset from @center_freq, in KHz 150 * @hw_value: hardware-specific value for the channel 151 * @flags: channel flags from &enum ieee80211_channel_flags. 152 * @orig_flags: channel flags at registration time, used by regulatory 153 * code to support devices with additional restrictions 154 * @band: band this channel belongs to. 155 * @max_antenna_gain: maximum antenna gain in dBi 156 * @max_power: maximum transmission power (in dBm) 157 * @max_reg_power: maximum regulatory transmission power (in dBm) 158 * @beacon_found: helper to regulatory code to indicate when a beacon 159 * has been found on this channel. Use regulatory_hint_found_beacon() 160 * to enable this, this is useful only on 5 GHz band. 161 * @orig_mag: internal use 162 * @orig_mpwr: internal use 163 * @dfs_state: current state of this channel. Only relevant if radar is required 164 * on this channel. 165 * @dfs_state_entered: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered. 166 * @dfs_cac_ms: DFS CAC time in milliseconds, this is valid for DFS channels. 167 */ 168 struct ieee80211_channel { 169 enum nl80211_band band; 170 u32 center_freq; 171 u16 freq_offset; 172 u16 hw_value; 173 u32 flags; 174 int max_antenna_gain; 175 int max_power; 176 int max_reg_power; 177 bool beacon_found; 178 u32 orig_flags; 179 int orig_mag, orig_mpwr; 180 enum nl80211_dfs_state dfs_state; 181 unsigned long dfs_state_entered; 182 unsigned int dfs_cac_ms; 183 }; 184 185 /** 186 * enum ieee80211_rate_flags - rate flags 187 * 188 * Hardware/specification flags for rates. These are structured 189 * in a way that allows using the same bitrate structure for 190 * different bands/PHY modes. 191 * 192 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE: Hardware can send with short 193 * preamble on this bitrate; only relevant in 2.4GHz band and 194 * with CCK rates. 195 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A: This bitrate is a mandatory rate 196 * when used with 802.11a (on the 5 GHz band); filled by the 197 * core code when registering the wiphy. 198 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B: This bitrate is a mandatory rate 199 * when used with 802.11b (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the 200 * core code when registering the wiphy. 201 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G: This bitrate is a mandatory rate 202 * when used with 802.11g (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the 203 * core code when registering the wiphy. 204 * @IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G: This is an ERP rate in 802.11g mode. 205 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ: Rate can be used in 5 MHz mode 206 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ: Rate can be used in 10 MHz mode 207 */ 208 enum ieee80211_rate_flags { 209 IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE = 1<<0, 210 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A = 1<<1, 211 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B = 1<<2, 212 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G = 1<<3, 213 IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G = 1<<4, 214 IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ = 1<<5, 215 IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ = 1<<6, 216 }; 217 218 /** 219 * enum ieee80211_bss_type - BSS type filter 220 * 221 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS: Infrastructure BSS 222 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS: Personal BSS 223 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS: Independent BSS 224 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS: Mesh BSS 225 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any BSS type 226 */ 227 enum ieee80211_bss_type { 228 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS, 229 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS, 230 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS, 231 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS, 232 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY 233 }; 234 235 /** 236 * enum ieee80211_privacy - BSS privacy filter 237 * 238 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON: privacy bit set 239 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF: privacy bit clear 240 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any privacy setting 241 */ 242 enum ieee80211_privacy { 243 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON, 244 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF, 245 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY 246 }; 247 248 #define IEEE80211_PRIVACY(x) \ 249 ((x) ? IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON : IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF) 250 251 /** 252 * struct ieee80211_rate - bitrate definition 253 * 254 * This structure describes a bitrate that an 802.11 PHY can 255 * operate with. The two values @hw_value and @hw_value_short 256 * are only for driver use when pointers to this structure are 257 * passed around. 258 * 259 * @flags: rate-specific flags 260 * @bitrate: bitrate in units of 100 Kbps 261 * @hw_value: driver/hardware value for this rate 262 * @hw_value_short: driver/hardware value for this rate when 263 * short preamble is used 264 */ 265 struct ieee80211_rate { 266 u32 flags; 267 u16 bitrate; 268 u16 hw_value, hw_value_short; 269 }; 270 271 /** 272 * struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd - AP settings for spatial reuse 273 * 274 * @enable: is the feature enabled. 275 * @sr_ctrl: The SR Control field of SRP element. 276 * @non_srg_max_offset: non-SRG maximum tx power offset 277 * @min_offset: minimal tx power offset an associated station shall use 278 * @max_offset: maximum tx power offset an associated station shall use 279 * @bss_color_bitmap: bitmap that indicates the BSS color values used by 280 * members of the SRG 281 * @partial_bssid_bitmap: bitmap that indicates the partial BSSID values 282 * used by members of the SRG 283 */ 284 struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd { 285 bool enable; 286 u8 sr_ctrl; 287 u8 non_srg_max_offset; 288 u8 min_offset; 289 u8 max_offset; 290 u8 bss_color_bitmap[8]; 291 u8 partial_bssid_bitmap[8]; 292 }; 293 294 /** 295 * struct cfg80211_he_bss_color - AP settings for BSS coloring 296 * 297 * @color: the current color. 298 * @enabled: HE BSS color is used 299 * @partial: define the AID equation. 300 */ 301 struct cfg80211_he_bss_color { 302 u8 color; 303 bool enabled; 304 bool partial; 305 }; 306 307 /** 308 * struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap - STA's HT capabilities 309 * 310 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 311 * to describe 802.11n HT capabilities for an STA. 312 * 313 * @ht_supported: is HT supported by the STA 314 * @cap: HT capabilities map as described in 802.11n spec 315 * @ampdu_factor: Maximum A-MPDU length factor 316 * @ampdu_density: Minimum A-MPDU spacing 317 * @mcs: Supported MCS rates 318 */ 319 struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap { 320 u16 cap; /* use IEEE80211_HT_CAP_ */ 321 bool ht_supported; 322 u8 ampdu_factor; 323 u8 ampdu_density; 324 struct ieee80211_mcs_info mcs; 325 }; 326 327 /** 328 * struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap - STA's VHT capabilities 329 * 330 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 331 * to describe 802.11ac VHT capabilities for an STA. 332 * 333 * @vht_supported: is VHT supported by the STA 334 * @cap: VHT capabilities map as described in 802.11ac spec 335 * @vht_mcs: Supported VHT MCS rates 336 */ 337 struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap { 338 bool vht_supported; 339 u32 cap; /* use IEEE80211_VHT_CAP_ */ 340 struct ieee80211_vht_mcs_info vht_mcs; 341 }; 342 343 #define IEEE80211_HE_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN 25 344 345 /** 346 * struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap - STA's HE capabilities 347 * 348 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 349 * to describe 802.11ax HE capabilities for a STA. 350 * 351 * @has_he: true iff HE data is valid. 352 * @he_cap_elem: Fixed portion of the HE capabilities element. 353 * @he_mcs_nss_supp: The supported NSS/MCS combinations. 354 * @ppe_thres: Holds the PPE Thresholds data. 355 */ 356 struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap { 357 bool has_he; 358 struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem he_cap_elem; 359 struct ieee80211_he_mcs_nss_supp he_mcs_nss_supp; 360 u8 ppe_thres[IEEE80211_HE_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN]; 361 }; 362 363 /** 364 * struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp - EHT max supported NSS per MCS 365 * 366 * See P802.11be_D1.3 Table 9-401k - "Subfields of the Supported EHT-MCS 367 * and NSS Set field" 368 * 369 * @only_20mhz: MCS/NSS support for 20 MHz-only STA. 370 * @bw._80: MCS/NSS support for BW <= 80 MHz 371 * @bw._160: MCS/NSS support for BW = 160 MHz 372 * @bw._320: MCS/NSS support for BW = 320 MHz 373 */ 374 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp { 375 union { 376 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp_20mhz_only only_20mhz; 377 struct { 378 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp_bw _80; 379 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp_bw _160; 380 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp_bw _320; 381 } __packed bw; 382 } __packed; 383 } __packed; 384 385 #define IEEE80211_EHT_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN 32 386 387 /** 388 * struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap - STA's EHT capabilities 389 * 390 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 391 * to describe 802.11be EHT capabilities for a STA. 392 * 393 * @has_eht: true iff EHT data is valid. 394 * @eht_cap_elem: Fixed portion of the eht capabilities element. 395 * @eht_mcs_nss_supp: The supported NSS/MCS combinations. 396 * @eht_ppe_thres: Holds the PPE Thresholds data. 397 */ 398 struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap { 399 bool has_eht; 400 struct ieee80211_eht_cap_elem_fixed eht_cap_elem; 401 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp eht_mcs_nss_supp; 402 u8 eht_ppe_thres[IEEE80211_EHT_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN]; 403 }; 404 405 /** 406 * struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data - sband data per interface type 407 * 408 * This structure encapsulates sband data that is relevant for the 409 * interface types defined in @types_mask. Each type in the 410 * @types_mask must be unique across all instances of iftype_data. 411 * 412 * @types_mask: interface types mask 413 * @he_cap: holds the HE capabilities 414 * @he_6ghz_capa: HE 6 GHz capabilities, must be filled in for a 415 * 6 GHz band channel (and 0 may be valid value). 416 * @vendor_elems: vendor element(s) to advertise 417 * @vendor_elems.data: vendor element(s) data 418 * @vendor_elems.len: vendor element(s) length 419 */ 420 struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data { 421 u16 types_mask; 422 struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap he_cap; 423 struct ieee80211_he_6ghz_capa he_6ghz_capa; 424 struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap eht_cap; 425 struct { 426 const u8 *data; 427 unsigned int len; 428 } vendor_elems; 429 }; 430 431 /** 432 * enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config - allowed channel bandwidth configurations 433 * 434 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_4: 2.16GHz 435 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_5: 2.16GHz and 4.32GHz 436 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_6: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz and 6.48GHz 437 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_7: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz and 8.64GHz 438 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_8: 2.16GHz and 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz 439 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_9: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz and 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz 440 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_10: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz and 2.16GHz+2.16GHz 441 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_11: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 8.64GHz and 442 * 2.16GHz+2.16GHz 443 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_12: 2.16GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and 444 * 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz 445 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_13: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and 446 * 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz 447 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_14: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz 448 * and 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz 449 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_15: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 8.64GHz, 450 * 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz 451 */ 452 enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config { 453 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_4 = 4, 454 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_5 = 5, 455 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_6 = 6, 456 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_7 = 7, 457 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_8 = 8, 458 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_9 = 9, 459 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_10 = 10, 460 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_11 = 11, 461 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_12 = 12, 462 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_13 = 13, 463 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_14 = 14, 464 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_15 = 15, 465 }; 466 467 /** 468 * struct ieee80211_edmg - EDMG configuration 469 * 470 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 471 * to describe 802.11ay EDMG configuration 472 * 473 * @channels: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz channel(s) 474 * that are allowed to be used for transmissions. 475 * Bit 0 indicates channel 1, bit 1 indicates channel 2, etc. 476 * Set to 0 indicate EDMG not supported. 477 * @bw_config: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes 478 * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations 479 */ 480 struct ieee80211_edmg { 481 u8 channels; 482 enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config bw_config; 483 }; 484 485 /** 486 * struct ieee80211_sta_s1g_cap - STA's S1G capabilities 487 * 488 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 489 * to describe 802.11ah S1G capabilities for a STA. 490 * 491 * @s1g_supported: is STA an S1G STA 492 * @cap: S1G capabilities information 493 * @nss_mcs: Supported NSS MCS set 494 */ 495 struct ieee80211_sta_s1g_cap { 496 bool s1g; 497 u8 cap[10]; /* use S1G_CAPAB_ */ 498 u8 nss_mcs[5]; 499 }; 500 501 /** 502 * struct ieee80211_supported_band - frequency band definition 503 * 504 * This structure describes a frequency band a wiphy 505 * is able to operate in. 506 * 507 * @channels: Array of channels the hardware can operate with 508 * in this band. 509 * @band: the band this structure represents 510 * @n_channels: Number of channels in @channels 511 * @bitrates: Array of bitrates the hardware can operate with 512 * in this band. Must be sorted to give a valid "supported 513 * rates" IE, i.e. CCK rates first, then OFDM. 514 * @n_bitrates: Number of bitrates in @bitrates 515 * @ht_cap: HT capabilities in this band 516 * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities in this band 517 * @s1g_cap: S1G capabilities in this band 518 * @edmg_cap: EDMG capabilities in this band 519 * @s1g_cap: S1G capabilities in this band (S1B band only, of course) 520 * @n_iftype_data: number of iftype data entries 521 * @iftype_data: interface type data entries. Note that the bits in 522 * @types_mask inside this structure cannot overlap (i.e. only 523 * one occurrence of each type is allowed across all instances of 524 * iftype_data). 525 */ 526 struct ieee80211_supported_band { 527 struct ieee80211_channel *channels; 528 struct ieee80211_rate *bitrates; 529 enum nl80211_band band; 530 int n_channels; 531 int n_bitrates; 532 struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap ht_cap; 533 struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap vht_cap; 534 struct ieee80211_sta_s1g_cap s1g_cap; 535 struct ieee80211_edmg edmg_cap; 536 u16 n_iftype_data; 537 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *iftype_data; 538 }; 539 540 /** 541 * ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data - return sband data for a given iftype 542 * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on 543 * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype 544 * 545 * Return: pointer to struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data, or NULL is none found 546 */ 547 static inline const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data * 548 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 549 u8 iftype) 550 { 551 int i; 552 553 if (WARN_ON(iftype >= NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX)) 554 return NULL; 555 556 for (i = 0; i < sband->n_iftype_data; i++) { 557 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = 558 &sband->iftype_data[i]; 559 560 if (data->types_mask & BIT(iftype)) 561 return data; 562 } 563 564 return NULL; 565 } 566 567 /** 568 * ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap - return HE capabilities for an sband's iftype 569 * @sband: the sband to search for the iftype on 570 * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype 571 * 572 * Return: pointer to the struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap, or NULL is none found 573 */ 574 static inline const struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap * 575 ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 576 u8 iftype) 577 { 578 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = 579 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftype); 580 581 if (data && data->he_cap.has_he) 582 return &data->he_cap; 583 584 return NULL; 585 } 586 587 /** 588 * ieee80211_get_he_6ghz_capa - return HE 6 GHz capabilities 589 * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on 590 * @iftype: the iftype to search for 591 * 592 * Return: the 6GHz capabilities 593 */ 594 static inline __le16 595 ieee80211_get_he_6ghz_capa(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 596 enum nl80211_iftype iftype) 597 { 598 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = 599 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftype); 600 601 if (WARN_ON(!data || !data->he_cap.has_he)) 602 return 0; 603 604 return data->he_6ghz_capa.capa; 605 } 606 607 /** 608 * ieee80211_get_eht_iftype_cap - return ETH capabilities for an sband's iftype 609 * @sband: the sband to search for the iftype on 610 * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype 611 * 612 * Return: pointer to the struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap, or NULL is none found 613 */ 614 static inline const struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap * 615 ieee80211_get_eht_iftype_cap(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 616 enum nl80211_iftype iftype) 617 { 618 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = 619 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftype); 620 621 if (data && data->eht_cap.has_eht) 622 return &data->eht_cap; 623 624 return NULL; 625 } 626 627 /** 628 * wiphy_read_of_freq_limits - read frequency limits from device tree 629 * 630 * @wiphy: the wireless device to get extra limits for 631 * 632 * Some devices may have extra limitations specified in DT. This may be useful 633 * for chipsets that normally support more bands but are limited due to board 634 * design (e.g. by antennas or external power amplifier). 635 * 636 * This function reads info from DT and uses it to *modify* channels (disable 637 * unavailable ones). It's usually a *bad* idea to use it in drivers with 638 * shared channel data as DT limitations are device specific. You should make 639 * sure to call it only if channels in wiphy are copied and can be modified 640 * without affecting other devices. 641 * 642 * As this function access device node it has to be called after set_wiphy_dev. 643 * It also modifies channels so they have to be set first. 644 * If using this helper, call it before wiphy_register(). 645 */ 646 #ifdef CONFIG_OF 647 void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy); 648 #else /* CONFIG_OF */ 649 static inline void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy) 650 { 651 } 652 #endif /* !CONFIG_OF */ 653 654 655 /* 656 * Wireless hardware/device configuration structures and methods 657 */ 658 659 /** 660 * DOC: Actions and configuration 661 * 662 * Each wireless device and each virtual interface offer a set of configuration 663 * operations and other actions that are invoked by userspace. Each of these 664 * actions is described in the operations structure, and the parameters these 665 * operations use are described separately. 666 * 667 * Additionally, some operations are asynchronous and expect to get status 668 * information via some functions that drivers need to call. 669 * 670 * Scanning and BSS list handling with its associated functionality is described 671 * in a separate chapter. 672 */ 673 674 #define VHT_MUMIMO_GROUPS_DATA_LEN (WLAN_MEMBERSHIP_LEN +\ 675 WLAN_USER_POSITION_LEN) 676 677 /** 678 * struct vif_params - describes virtual interface parameters 679 * @flags: monitor interface flags, unchanged if 0, otherwise 680 * %MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED will be set 681 * @use_4addr: use 4-address frames 682 * @macaddr: address to use for this virtual interface. 683 * If this parameter is set to zero address the driver may 684 * determine the address as needed. 685 * This feature is only fully supported by drivers that enable the 686 * %NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE flag. Others may support creating 687 ** only p2p devices with specified MAC. 688 * @vht_mumimo_groups: MU-MIMO groupID, used for monitoring MU-MIMO packets 689 * belonging to that MU-MIMO groupID; %NULL if not changed 690 * @vht_mumimo_follow_addr: MU-MIMO follow address, used for monitoring 691 * MU-MIMO packets going to the specified station; %NULL if not changed 692 */ 693 struct vif_params { 694 u32 flags; 695 int use_4addr; 696 u8 macaddr[ETH_ALEN]; 697 const u8 *vht_mumimo_groups; 698 const u8 *vht_mumimo_follow_addr; 699 }; 700 701 /** 702 * struct key_params - key information 703 * 704 * Information about a key 705 * 706 * @key: key material 707 * @key_len: length of key material 708 * @cipher: cipher suite selector 709 * @seq: sequence counter (IV/PN) for TKIP and CCMP keys, only used 710 * with the get_key() callback, must be in little endian, 711 * length given by @seq_len. 712 * @seq_len: length of @seq. 713 * @vlan_id: vlan_id for VLAN group key (if nonzero) 714 * @mode: key install mode (RX_TX, NO_TX or SET_TX) 715 */ 716 struct key_params { 717 const u8 *key; 718 const u8 *seq; 719 int key_len; 720 int seq_len; 721 u16 vlan_id; 722 u32 cipher; 723 enum nl80211_key_mode mode; 724 }; 725 726 /** 727 * struct cfg80211_chan_def - channel definition 728 * @chan: the (control) channel 729 * @width: channel width 730 * @center_freq1: center frequency of first segment 731 * @center_freq2: center frequency of second segment 732 * (only with 80+80 MHz) 733 * @edmg: define the EDMG channels configuration. 734 * If edmg is requested (i.e. the .channels member is non-zero), 735 * chan will define the primary channel and all other 736 * parameters are ignored. 737 * @freq1_offset: offset from @center_freq1, in KHz 738 */ 739 struct cfg80211_chan_def { 740 struct ieee80211_channel *chan; 741 enum nl80211_chan_width width; 742 u32 center_freq1; 743 u32 center_freq2; 744 struct ieee80211_edmg edmg; 745 u16 freq1_offset; 746 }; 747 748 /* 749 * cfg80211_bitrate_mask - masks for bitrate control 750 */ 751 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask { 752 struct { 753 u32 legacy; 754 u8 ht_mcs[IEEE80211_HT_MCS_MASK_LEN]; 755 u16 vht_mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX]; 756 u16 he_mcs[NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX]; 757 enum nl80211_txrate_gi gi; 758 enum nl80211_he_gi he_gi; 759 enum nl80211_he_ltf he_ltf; 760 } control[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 761 }; 762 763 764 /** 765 * struct cfg80211_tid_cfg - TID specific configuration 766 * @config_override: Flag to notify driver to reset TID configuration 767 * of the peer. 768 * @tids: bitmap of TIDs to modify 769 * @mask: bitmap of attributes indicating which parameter changed, 770 * similar to &nl80211_tid_config_supp. 771 * @noack: noack configuration value for the TID 772 * @retry_long: retry count value 773 * @retry_short: retry count value 774 * @ampdu: Enable/Disable MPDU aggregation 775 * @rtscts: Enable/Disable RTS/CTS 776 * @amsdu: Enable/Disable MSDU aggregation 777 * @txrate_type: Tx bitrate mask type 778 * @txrate_mask: Tx bitrate to be applied for the TID 779 */ 780 struct cfg80211_tid_cfg { 781 bool config_override; 782 u8 tids; 783 u64 mask; 784 enum nl80211_tid_config noack; 785 u8 retry_long, retry_short; 786 enum nl80211_tid_config ampdu; 787 enum nl80211_tid_config rtscts; 788 enum nl80211_tid_config amsdu; 789 enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting txrate_type; 790 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask txrate_mask; 791 }; 792 793 /** 794 * struct cfg80211_tid_config - TID configuration 795 * @peer: Station's MAC address 796 * @n_tid_conf: Number of TID specific configurations to be applied 797 * @tid_conf: Configuration change info 798 */ 799 struct cfg80211_tid_config { 800 const u8 *peer; 801 u32 n_tid_conf; 802 struct cfg80211_tid_cfg tid_conf[]; 803 }; 804 805 /** 806 * struct cfg80211_fils_aad - FILS AAD data 807 * @macaddr: STA MAC address 808 * @kek: FILS KEK 809 * @kek_len: FILS KEK length 810 * @snonce: STA Nonce 811 * @anonce: AP Nonce 812 */ 813 struct cfg80211_fils_aad { 814 const u8 *macaddr; 815 const u8 *kek; 816 u8 kek_len; 817 const u8 *snonce; 818 const u8 *anonce; 819 }; 820 821 /** 822 * cfg80211_get_chandef_type - return old channel type from chandef 823 * @chandef: the channel definition 824 * 825 * Return: The old channel type (NOHT, HT20, HT40+/-) from a given 826 * chandef, which must have a bandwidth allowing this conversion. 827 */ 828 static inline enum nl80211_channel_type 829 cfg80211_get_chandef_type(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 830 { 831 switch (chandef->width) { 832 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 833 return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT; 834 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 835 return NL80211_CHAN_HT20; 836 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 837 if (chandef->center_freq1 > chandef->chan->center_freq) 838 return NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS; 839 return NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS; 840 default: 841 WARN_ON(1); 842 return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT; 843 } 844 } 845 846 /** 847 * cfg80211_chandef_create - create channel definition using channel type 848 * @chandef: the channel definition struct to fill 849 * @channel: the control channel 850 * @chantype: the channel type 851 * 852 * Given a channel type, create a channel definition. 853 */ 854 void cfg80211_chandef_create(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 855 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, 856 enum nl80211_channel_type chantype); 857 858 /** 859 * cfg80211_chandef_identical - check if two channel definitions are identical 860 * @chandef1: first channel definition 861 * @chandef2: second channel definition 862 * 863 * Return: %true if the channels defined by the channel definitions are 864 * identical, %false otherwise. 865 */ 866 static inline bool 867 cfg80211_chandef_identical(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1, 868 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2) 869 { 870 return (chandef1->chan == chandef2->chan && 871 chandef1->width == chandef2->width && 872 chandef1->center_freq1 == chandef2->center_freq1 && 873 chandef1->freq1_offset == chandef2->freq1_offset && 874 chandef1->center_freq2 == chandef2->center_freq2); 875 } 876 877 /** 878 * cfg80211_chandef_is_edmg - check if chandef represents an EDMG channel 879 * 880 * @chandef: the channel definition 881 * 882 * Return: %true if EDMG defined, %false otherwise. 883 */ 884 static inline bool 885 cfg80211_chandef_is_edmg(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 886 { 887 return chandef->edmg.channels || chandef->edmg.bw_config; 888 } 889 890 /** 891 * cfg80211_chandef_compatible - check if two channel definitions are compatible 892 * @chandef1: first channel definition 893 * @chandef2: second channel definition 894 * 895 * Return: %NULL if the given channel definitions are incompatible, 896 * chandef1 or chandef2 otherwise. 897 */ 898 const struct cfg80211_chan_def * 899 cfg80211_chandef_compatible(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1, 900 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2); 901 902 /** 903 * cfg80211_chandef_valid - check if a channel definition is valid 904 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 905 * Return: %true if the channel definition is valid. %false otherwise. 906 */ 907 bool cfg80211_chandef_valid(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 908 909 /** 910 * cfg80211_chandef_usable - check if secondary channels can be used 911 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against 912 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 913 * @prohibited_flags: the regulatory channel flags that must not be set 914 * Return: %true if secondary channels are usable. %false otherwise. 915 */ 916 bool cfg80211_chandef_usable(struct wiphy *wiphy, 917 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 918 u32 prohibited_flags); 919 920 /** 921 * cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required - checks if radar detection is required 922 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against 923 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 924 * @iftype: the interface type as specified in &enum nl80211_iftype 925 * Returns: 926 * 1 if radar detection is required, 0 if it is not, < 0 on error 927 */ 928 int cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required(struct wiphy *wiphy, 929 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 930 enum nl80211_iftype iftype); 931 932 /** 933 * ieee80211_chandef_rate_flags - returns rate flags for a channel 934 * 935 * In some channel types, not all rates may be used - for example CCK 936 * rates may not be used in 5/10 MHz channels. 937 * 938 * @chandef: channel definition for the channel 939 * 940 * Returns: rate flags which apply for this channel 941 */ 942 static inline enum ieee80211_rate_flags 943 ieee80211_chandef_rate_flags(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 944 { 945 switch (chandef->width) { 946 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 947 return IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ; 948 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 949 return IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ; 950 default: 951 break; 952 } 953 return 0; 954 } 955 956 /** 957 * ieee80211_chandef_max_power - maximum transmission power for the chandef 958 * 959 * In some regulations, the transmit power may depend on the configured channel 960 * bandwidth which may be defined as dBm/MHz. This function returns the actual 961 * max_power for non-standard (20 MHz) channels. 962 * 963 * @chandef: channel definition for the channel 964 * 965 * Returns: maximum allowed transmission power in dBm for the chandef 966 */ 967 static inline int 968 ieee80211_chandef_max_power(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 969 { 970 switch (chandef->width) { 971 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 972 return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 6, 973 chandef->chan->max_power); 974 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 975 return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 3, 976 chandef->chan->max_power); 977 default: 978 break; 979 } 980 return chandef->chan->max_power; 981 } 982 983 /** 984 * cfg80211_any_usable_channels - check for usable channels 985 * @wiphy: the wiphy to check for 986 * @band_mask: which bands to check on 987 * @prohibited_flags: which channels to not consider usable, 988 * %IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED is always taken into account 989 */ 990 bool cfg80211_any_usable_channels(struct wiphy *wiphy, 991 unsigned long band_mask, 992 u32 prohibited_flags); 993 994 /** 995 * enum survey_info_flags - survey information flags 996 * 997 * @SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM: noise (in dBm) was filled in 998 * @SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used 999 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME: active time (in ms) was filled in 1000 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: busy time was filled in 1001 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: extension channel busy time was filled in 1002 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: receive time was filled in 1003 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: transmit time was filled in 1004 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: scan time was filled in 1005 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX: local BSS receive time was filled in 1006 * 1007 * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct survey_info 1008 * it has filled in during the get_survey(). 1009 */ 1010 enum survey_info_flags { 1011 SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM = BIT(0), 1012 SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE = BIT(1), 1013 SURVEY_INFO_TIME = BIT(2), 1014 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY = BIT(3), 1015 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY = BIT(4), 1016 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX = BIT(5), 1017 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX = BIT(6), 1018 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN = BIT(7), 1019 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX = BIT(8), 1020 }; 1021 1022 /** 1023 * struct survey_info - channel survey response 1024 * 1025 * @channel: the channel this survey record reports, may be %NULL for a single 1026 * record to report global statistics 1027 * @filled: bitflag of flags from &enum survey_info_flags 1028 * @noise: channel noise in dBm. This and all following fields are 1029 * optional 1030 * @time: amount of time in ms the radio was turn on (on the channel) 1031 * @time_busy: amount of time the primary channel was sensed busy 1032 * @time_ext_busy: amount of time the extension channel was sensed busy 1033 * @time_rx: amount of time the radio spent receiving data 1034 * @time_tx: amount of time the radio spent transmitting data 1035 * @time_scan: amount of time the radio spent for scanning 1036 * @time_bss_rx: amount of time the radio spent receiving data on a local BSS 1037 * 1038 * Used by dump_survey() to report back per-channel survey information. 1039 * 1040 * This structure can later be expanded with things like 1041 * channel duty cycle etc. 1042 */ 1043 struct survey_info { 1044 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 1045 u64 time; 1046 u64 time_busy; 1047 u64 time_ext_busy; 1048 u64 time_rx; 1049 u64 time_tx; 1050 u64 time_scan; 1051 u64 time_bss_rx; 1052 u32 filled; 1053 s8 noise; 1054 }; 1055 1056 #define CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS 4 1057 1058 /** 1059 * struct cfg80211_crypto_settings - Crypto settings 1060 * @wpa_versions: indicates which, if any, WPA versions are enabled 1061 * (from enum nl80211_wpa_versions) 1062 * @cipher_group: group key cipher suite (or 0 if unset) 1063 * @n_ciphers_pairwise: number of AP supported unicast ciphers 1064 * @ciphers_pairwise: unicast key cipher suites 1065 * @n_akm_suites: number of AKM suites 1066 * @akm_suites: AKM suites 1067 * @control_port: Whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., 1068 * sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is 1069 * required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by 1070 * user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default. 1071 * @control_port_ethertype: the control port protocol that should be 1072 * allowed through even on unauthorized ports 1073 * @control_port_no_encrypt: TRUE to prevent encryption of control port 1074 * protocol frames. 1075 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control 1076 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface. 1077 * @control_port_no_preauth: disables pre-auth rx over the nl80211 control 1078 * port for mac80211 1079 * @wep_keys: static WEP keys, if not NULL points to an array of 1080 * CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS WEP keys 1081 * @wep_tx_key: key index (0..3) of the default TX static WEP key 1082 * @psk: PSK (for devices supporting 4-way-handshake offload) 1083 * @sae_pwd: password for SAE authentication (for devices supporting SAE 1084 * offload) 1085 * @sae_pwd_len: length of SAE password (for devices supporting SAE offload) 1086 * @sae_pwe: The mechanisms allowed for SAE PWE derivation: 1087 * 1088 * NL80211_SAE_PWE_UNSPECIFIED 1089 * Not-specified, used to indicate userspace did not specify any 1090 * preference. The driver should follow its internal policy in 1091 * such a scenario. 1092 * 1093 * NL80211_SAE_PWE_HUNT_AND_PECK 1094 * Allow hunting-and-pecking loop only 1095 * 1096 * NL80211_SAE_PWE_HASH_TO_ELEMENT 1097 * Allow hash-to-element only 1098 * 1099 * NL80211_SAE_PWE_BOTH 1100 * Allow either hunting-and-pecking loop or hash-to-element 1101 */ 1102 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings { 1103 u32 wpa_versions; 1104 u32 cipher_group; 1105 int n_ciphers_pairwise; 1106 u32 ciphers_pairwise[NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES]; 1107 int n_akm_suites; 1108 u32 akm_suites[NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES]; 1109 bool control_port; 1110 __be16 control_port_ethertype; 1111 bool control_port_no_encrypt; 1112 bool control_port_over_nl80211; 1113 bool control_port_no_preauth; 1114 struct key_params *wep_keys; 1115 int wep_tx_key; 1116 const u8 *psk; 1117 const u8 *sae_pwd; 1118 u8 sae_pwd_len; 1119 enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism sae_pwe; 1120 }; 1121 1122 /** 1123 * struct cfg80211_mbssid_config - AP settings for multi bssid 1124 * 1125 * @tx_wdev: pointer to the transmitted interface in the MBSSID set 1126 * @index: index of this AP in the multi bssid group. 1127 * @ema: set to true if the beacons should be sent out in EMA mode. 1128 */ 1129 struct cfg80211_mbssid_config { 1130 struct wireless_dev *tx_wdev; 1131 u8 index; 1132 bool ema; 1133 }; 1134 1135 /** 1136 * struct cfg80211_mbssid_elems - Multiple BSSID elements 1137 * 1138 * @cnt: Number of elements in array %elems. 1139 * 1140 * @elem: Array of multiple BSSID element(s) to be added into Beacon frames. 1141 * @elem.data: Data for multiple BSSID elements. 1142 * @elem.len: Length of data. 1143 */ 1144 struct cfg80211_mbssid_elems { 1145 u8 cnt; 1146 struct { 1147 const u8 *data; 1148 size_t len; 1149 } elem[]; 1150 }; 1151 1152 /** 1153 * struct cfg80211_beacon_data - beacon data 1154 * @head: head portion of beacon (before TIM IE) 1155 * or %NULL if not changed 1156 * @tail: tail portion of beacon (after TIM IE) 1157 * or %NULL if not changed 1158 * @head_len: length of @head 1159 * @tail_len: length of @tail 1160 * @beacon_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Beacon frames or %NULL 1161 * @beacon_ies_len: length of beacon_ies in octets 1162 * @proberesp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Probe Response 1163 * frames or %NULL 1164 * @proberesp_ies_len: length of proberesp_ies in octets 1165 * @assocresp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into (Re)Association 1166 * Response frames or %NULL 1167 * @assocresp_ies_len: length of assocresp_ies in octets 1168 * @probe_resp_len: length of probe response template (@probe_resp) 1169 * @probe_resp: probe response template (AP mode only) 1170 * @mbssid_ies: multiple BSSID elements 1171 * @ftm_responder: enable FTM responder functionality; -1 for no change 1172 * (which also implies no change in LCI/civic location data) 1173 * @lci: Measurement Report element content, starting with Measurement Token 1174 * (measurement type 8) 1175 * @civicloc: Measurement Report element content, starting with Measurement 1176 * Token (measurement type 11) 1177 * @lci_len: LCI data length 1178 * @civicloc_len: Civic location data length 1179 */ 1180 struct cfg80211_beacon_data { 1181 const u8 *head, *tail; 1182 const u8 *beacon_ies; 1183 const u8 *proberesp_ies; 1184 const u8 *assocresp_ies; 1185 const u8 *probe_resp; 1186 const u8 *lci; 1187 const u8 *civicloc; 1188 struct cfg80211_mbssid_elems *mbssid_ies; 1189 s8 ftm_responder; 1190 1191 size_t head_len, tail_len; 1192 size_t beacon_ies_len; 1193 size_t proberesp_ies_len; 1194 size_t assocresp_ies_len; 1195 size_t probe_resp_len; 1196 size_t lci_len; 1197 size_t civicloc_len; 1198 }; 1199 1200 struct mac_address { 1201 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; 1202 }; 1203 1204 /** 1205 * struct cfg80211_acl_data - Access control list data 1206 * 1207 * @acl_policy: ACL policy to be applied on the station's 1208 * entry specified by mac_addr 1209 * @n_acl_entries: Number of MAC address entries passed 1210 * @mac_addrs: List of MAC addresses of stations to be used for ACL 1211 */ 1212 struct cfg80211_acl_data { 1213 enum nl80211_acl_policy acl_policy; 1214 int n_acl_entries; 1215 1216 /* Keep it last */ 1217 struct mac_address mac_addrs[]; 1218 }; 1219 1220 /** 1221 * struct cfg80211_fils_discovery - FILS discovery parameters from 1222 * IEEE Std 802.11ai-2016, Annex C.3 MIB detail. 1223 * 1224 * @min_interval: Minimum packet interval in TUs (0 - 10000) 1225 * @max_interval: Maximum packet interval in TUs (0 - 10000) 1226 * @tmpl_len: Template length 1227 * @tmpl: Template data for FILS discovery frame including the action 1228 * frame headers. 1229 */ 1230 struct cfg80211_fils_discovery { 1231 u32 min_interval; 1232 u32 max_interval; 1233 size_t tmpl_len; 1234 const u8 *tmpl; 1235 }; 1236 1237 /** 1238 * struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp - Unsolicited broadcast probe 1239 * response parameters in 6GHz. 1240 * 1241 * @interval: Packet interval in TUs. Maximum allowed is 20 TU, as mentioned 1242 * in IEEE P802.11ax/D6.0 26.17.2.3.2 - AP behavior for fast passive 1243 * scanning 1244 * @tmpl_len: Template length 1245 * @tmpl: Template data for probe response 1246 */ 1247 struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp { 1248 u32 interval; 1249 size_t tmpl_len; 1250 const u8 *tmpl; 1251 }; 1252 1253 /** 1254 * struct cfg80211_ap_settings - AP configuration 1255 * 1256 * Used to configure an AP interface. 1257 * 1258 * @chandef: defines the channel to use 1259 * @beacon: beacon data 1260 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval 1261 * @dtim_period: DTIM period 1262 * @ssid: SSID to be used in the BSS (note: may be %NULL if not provided from 1263 * user space) 1264 * @ssid_len: length of @ssid 1265 * @hidden_ssid: whether to hide the SSID in Beacon/Probe Response frames 1266 * @crypto: crypto settings 1267 * @privacy: the BSS uses privacy 1268 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) 1269 * @smps_mode: SMPS mode 1270 * @inactivity_timeout: time in seconds to determine station's inactivity. 1271 * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window 1272 * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS 1273 * @acl: ACL configuration used by the drivers which has support for 1274 * MAC address based access control 1275 * @pbss: If set, start as a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG 1276 * networks. 1277 * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons 1278 * @ht_cap: HT capabilities (or %NULL if HT isn't enabled) 1279 * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities (or %NULL if VHT isn't enabled) 1280 * @he_cap: HE capabilities (or %NULL if HE isn't enabled) 1281 * @ht_required: stations must support HT 1282 * @vht_required: stations must support VHT 1283 * @twt_responder: Enable Target Wait Time 1284 * @he_required: stations must support HE 1285 * @sae_h2e_required: stations must support direct H2E technique in SAE 1286 * @flags: flags, as defined in enum cfg80211_ap_settings_flags 1287 * @he_obss_pd: OBSS Packet Detection settings 1288 * @he_bss_color: BSS Color settings 1289 * @he_oper: HE operation IE (or %NULL if HE isn't enabled) 1290 * @fils_discovery: FILS discovery transmission parameters 1291 * @unsol_bcast_probe_resp: Unsolicited broadcast probe response parameters 1292 * @mbssid_config: AP settings for multiple bssid 1293 */ 1294 struct cfg80211_ap_settings { 1295 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 1296 1297 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon; 1298 1299 int beacon_interval, dtim_period; 1300 const u8 *ssid; 1301 size_t ssid_len; 1302 enum nl80211_hidden_ssid hidden_ssid; 1303 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; 1304 bool privacy; 1305 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; 1306 enum nl80211_smps_mode smps_mode; 1307 int inactivity_timeout; 1308 u8 p2p_ctwindow; 1309 bool p2p_opp_ps; 1310 const struct cfg80211_acl_data *acl; 1311 bool pbss; 1312 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate; 1313 1314 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_cap; 1315 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_cap; 1316 const struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem *he_cap; 1317 const struct ieee80211_he_operation *he_oper; 1318 bool ht_required, vht_required, he_required, sae_h2e_required; 1319 bool twt_responder; 1320 u32 flags; 1321 struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd he_obss_pd; 1322 struct cfg80211_he_bss_color he_bss_color; 1323 struct cfg80211_fils_discovery fils_discovery; 1324 struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp unsol_bcast_probe_resp; 1325 struct cfg80211_mbssid_config mbssid_config; 1326 }; 1327 1328 /** 1329 * struct cfg80211_csa_settings - channel switch settings 1330 * 1331 * Used for channel switch 1332 * 1333 * @chandef: defines the channel to use after the switch 1334 * @beacon_csa: beacon data while performing the switch 1335 * @counter_offsets_beacon: offsets of the counters within the beacon (tail) 1336 * @counter_offsets_presp: offsets of the counters within the probe response 1337 * @n_counter_offsets_beacon: number of csa counters the beacon (tail) 1338 * @n_counter_offsets_presp: number of csa counters in the probe response 1339 * @beacon_after: beacon data to be used on the new channel 1340 * @radar_required: whether radar detection is required on the new channel 1341 * @block_tx: whether transmissions should be blocked while changing 1342 * @count: number of beacons until switch 1343 */ 1344 struct cfg80211_csa_settings { 1345 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 1346 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_csa; 1347 const u16 *counter_offsets_beacon; 1348 const u16 *counter_offsets_presp; 1349 unsigned int n_counter_offsets_beacon; 1350 unsigned int n_counter_offsets_presp; 1351 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_after; 1352 bool radar_required; 1353 bool block_tx; 1354 u8 count; 1355 }; 1356 1357 /** 1358 * struct cfg80211_color_change_settings - color change settings 1359 * 1360 * Used for bss color change 1361 * 1362 * @beacon_color_change: beacon data while performing the color countdown 1363 * @counter_offsets_beacon: offsets of the counters within the beacon (tail) 1364 * @counter_offsets_presp: offsets of the counters within the probe response 1365 * @beacon_next: beacon data to be used after the color change 1366 * @count: number of beacons until the color change 1367 * @color: the color used after the change 1368 */ 1369 struct cfg80211_color_change_settings { 1370 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_color_change; 1371 u16 counter_offset_beacon; 1372 u16 counter_offset_presp; 1373 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_next; 1374 u8 count; 1375 u8 color; 1376 }; 1377 1378 /** 1379 * struct iface_combination_params - input parameters for interface combinations 1380 * 1381 * Used to pass interface combination parameters 1382 * 1383 * @num_different_channels: the number of different channels we want 1384 * to use for verification 1385 * @radar_detect: a bitmap where each bit corresponds to a channel 1386 * width where radar detection is needed, as in the definition of 1387 * &struct ieee80211_iface_combination.@radar_detect_widths 1388 * @iftype_num: array with the number of interfaces of each interface 1389 * type. The index is the interface type as specified in &enum 1390 * nl80211_iftype. 1391 * @new_beacon_int: set this to the beacon interval of a new interface 1392 * that's not operating yet, if such is to be checked as part of 1393 * the verification 1394 */ 1395 struct iface_combination_params { 1396 int num_different_channels; 1397 u8 radar_detect; 1398 int iftype_num[NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES]; 1399 u32 new_beacon_int; 1400 }; 1401 1402 /** 1403 * enum station_parameters_apply_mask - station parameter values to apply 1404 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD: apply new uAPSD parameters (uapsd_queues, max_sp) 1405 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY: apply new capability 1406 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE: apply new plink state 1407 * 1408 * Not all station parameters have in-band "no change" signalling, 1409 * for those that don't these flags will are used. 1410 */ 1411 enum station_parameters_apply_mask { 1412 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD = BIT(0), 1413 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY = BIT(1), 1414 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE = BIT(2), 1415 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_STA_TXPOWER = BIT(3), 1416 }; 1417 1418 /** 1419 * struct sta_txpwr - station txpower configuration 1420 * 1421 * Used to configure txpower for station. 1422 * 1423 * @power: tx power (in dBm) to be used for sending data traffic. If tx power 1424 * is not provided, the default per-interface tx power setting will be 1425 * overriding. Driver should be picking up the lowest tx power, either tx 1426 * power per-interface or per-station. 1427 * @type: In particular if TPC %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED then tx power 1428 * will be less than or equal to specified from userspace, whereas if TPC 1429 * %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC then it indicates default tx power. 1430 * NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED is not a valid configuration option for 1431 * per peer TPC. 1432 */ 1433 struct sta_txpwr { 1434 s16 power; 1435 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type; 1436 }; 1437 1438 /** 1439 * struct station_parameters - station parameters 1440 * 1441 * Used to change and create a new station. 1442 * 1443 * @vlan: vlan interface station should belong to 1444 * @supported_rates: supported rates in IEEE 802.11 format 1445 * (or NULL for no change) 1446 * @supported_rates_len: number of supported rates 1447 * @sta_flags_mask: station flags that changed 1448 * (bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...)) 1449 * @sta_flags_set: station flags values 1450 * (bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...)) 1451 * @listen_interval: listen interval or -1 for no change 1452 * @aid: AID or zero for no change 1453 * @vlan_id: VLAN ID for station (if nonzero) 1454 * @peer_aid: mesh peer AID or zero for no change 1455 * @plink_action: plink action to take 1456 * @plink_state: set the peer link state for a station 1457 * @ht_capa: HT capabilities of station 1458 * @vht_capa: VHT capabilities of station 1459 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. same format 1460 * as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field 1461 * @max_sp: max Service Period. same format as the MAX_SP in the 1462 * QoS info field (but already shifted down) 1463 * @sta_modify_mask: bitmap indicating which parameters changed 1464 * (for those that don't have a natural "no change" value), 1465 * see &enum station_parameters_apply_mask 1466 * @local_pm: local link-specific mesh power save mode (no change when set 1467 * to unknown) 1468 * @capability: station capability 1469 * @ext_capab: extended capabilities of the station 1470 * @ext_capab_len: number of extended capabilities 1471 * @supported_channels: supported channels in IEEE 802.11 format 1472 * @supported_channels_len: number of supported channels 1473 * @supported_oper_classes: supported oper classes in IEEE 802.11 format 1474 * @supported_oper_classes_len: number of supported operating classes 1475 * @opmode_notif: operating mode field from Operating Mode Notification 1476 * @opmode_notif_used: information if operating mode field is used 1477 * @support_p2p_ps: information if station supports P2P PS mechanism 1478 * @he_capa: HE capabilities of station 1479 * @he_capa_len: the length of the HE capabilities 1480 * @airtime_weight: airtime scheduler weight for this station 1481 * @txpwr: transmit power for an associated station 1482 * @he_6ghz_capa: HE 6 GHz Band capabilities of station 1483 */ 1484 struct station_parameters { 1485 const u8 *supported_rates; 1486 struct net_device *vlan; 1487 u32 sta_flags_mask, sta_flags_set; 1488 u32 sta_modify_mask; 1489 int listen_interval; 1490 u16 aid; 1491 u16 vlan_id; 1492 u16 peer_aid; 1493 u8 supported_rates_len; 1494 u8 plink_action; 1495 u8 plink_state; 1496 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa; 1497 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa; 1498 u8 uapsd_queues; 1499 u8 max_sp; 1500 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm; 1501 u16 capability; 1502 const u8 *ext_capab; 1503 u8 ext_capab_len; 1504 const u8 *supported_channels; 1505 u8 supported_channels_len; 1506 const u8 *supported_oper_classes; 1507 u8 supported_oper_classes_len; 1508 u8 opmode_notif; 1509 bool opmode_notif_used; 1510 int support_p2p_ps; 1511 const struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem *he_capa; 1512 u8 he_capa_len; 1513 u16 airtime_weight; 1514 struct sta_txpwr txpwr; 1515 const struct ieee80211_he_6ghz_capa *he_6ghz_capa; 1516 }; 1517 1518 /** 1519 * struct station_del_parameters - station deletion parameters 1520 * 1521 * Used to delete a station entry (or all stations). 1522 * 1523 * @mac: MAC address of the station to remove or NULL to remove all stations 1524 * @subtype: Management frame subtype to use for indicating removal 1525 * (10 = Disassociation, 12 = Deauthentication) 1526 * @reason_code: Reason code for the Disassociation/Deauthentication frame 1527 */ 1528 struct station_del_parameters { 1529 const u8 *mac; 1530 u8 subtype; 1531 u16 reason_code; 1532 }; 1533 1534 /** 1535 * enum cfg80211_station_type - the type of station being modified 1536 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT: client of an AP interface 1537 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC: client of an AP interface that is still 1538 * unassociated (update properties for this type of client is permitted) 1539 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT: client of an AP interface that has 1540 * the AP MLME in the device 1541 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_STA: AP station on managed interface 1542 * @CFG80211_STA_IBSS: IBSS station 1543 * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP: TDLS peer on managed interface (dummy entry 1544 * while TDLS setup is in progress, it moves out of this state when 1545 * being marked authorized; use this only if TDLS with external setup is 1546 * supported/used) 1547 * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE: TDLS peer on managed interface (active 1548 * entry that is operating, has been marked authorized by userspace) 1549 * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL: peer on mesh interface (kernel managed) 1550 * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER: peer on mesh interface (user managed) 1551 */ 1552 enum cfg80211_station_type { 1553 CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT, 1554 CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC, 1555 CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT, 1556 CFG80211_STA_AP_STA, 1557 CFG80211_STA_IBSS, 1558 CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP, 1559 CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE, 1560 CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL, 1561 CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER, 1562 }; 1563 1564 /** 1565 * cfg80211_check_station_change - validate parameter changes 1566 * @wiphy: the wiphy this operates on 1567 * @params: the new parameters for a station 1568 * @statype: the type of station being modified 1569 * 1570 * Utility function for the @change_station driver method. Call this function 1571 * with the appropriate station type looking up the station (and checking that 1572 * it exists). It will verify whether the station change is acceptable, and if 1573 * not will return an error code. Note that it may modify the parameters for 1574 * backward compatibility reasons, so don't use them before calling this. 1575 */ 1576 int cfg80211_check_station_change(struct wiphy *wiphy, 1577 struct station_parameters *params, 1578 enum cfg80211_station_type statype); 1579 1580 /** 1581 * enum rate_info_flags - bitrate info flags 1582 * 1583 * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission 1584 * type for 802.11n transmissions. 1585 * 1586 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS: mcs field filled with HT MCS 1587 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS: mcs field filled with VHT MCS 1588 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval 1589 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_DMG: 60GHz MCS 1590 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_HE_MCS: HE MCS information 1591 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EDMG: 60GHz MCS in EDMG mode 1592 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EXTENDED_SC_DMG: 60GHz extended SC MCS 1593 */ 1594 enum rate_info_flags { 1595 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS = BIT(0), 1596 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS = BIT(1), 1597 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI = BIT(2), 1598 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_DMG = BIT(3), 1599 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_HE_MCS = BIT(4), 1600 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EDMG = BIT(5), 1601 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EXTENDED_SC_DMG = BIT(6), 1602 }; 1603 1604 /** 1605 * enum rate_info_bw - rate bandwidth information 1606 * 1607 * Used by the driver to indicate the rate bandwidth. 1608 * 1609 * @RATE_INFO_BW_5: 5 MHz bandwidth 1610 * @RATE_INFO_BW_10: 10 MHz bandwidth 1611 * @RATE_INFO_BW_20: 20 MHz bandwidth 1612 * @RATE_INFO_BW_40: 40 MHz bandwidth 1613 * @RATE_INFO_BW_80: 80 MHz bandwidth 1614 * @RATE_INFO_BW_160: 160 MHz bandwidth 1615 * @RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU: bandwidth determined by HE RU allocation 1616 */ 1617 enum rate_info_bw { 1618 RATE_INFO_BW_20 = 0, 1619 RATE_INFO_BW_5, 1620 RATE_INFO_BW_10, 1621 RATE_INFO_BW_40, 1622 RATE_INFO_BW_80, 1623 RATE_INFO_BW_160, 1624 RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU, 1625 }; 1626 1627 /** 1628 * struct rate_info - bitrate information 1629 * 1630 * Information about a receiving or transmitting bitrate 1631 * 1632 * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum rate_info_flags 1633 * @mcs: mcs index if struct describes an HT/VHT/HE rate 1634 * @legacy: bitrate in 100kbit/s for 802.11abg 1635 * @nss: number of streams (VHT & HE only) 1636 * @bw: bandwidth (from &enum rate_info_bw) 1637 * @he_gi: HE guard interval (from &enum nl80211_he_gi) 1638 * @he_dcm: HE DCM value 1639 * @he_ru_alloc: HE RU allocation (from &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc, 1640 * only valid if bw is %RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU) 1641 * @n_bonded_ch: In case of EDMG the number of bonded channels (1-4) 1642 */ 1643 struct rate_info { 1644 u8 flags; 1645 u8 mcs; 1646 u16 legacy; 1647 u8 nss; 1648 u8 bw; 1649 u8 he_gi; 1650 u8 he_dcm; 1651 u8 he_ru_alloc; 1652 u8 n_bonded_ch; 1653 }; 1654 1655 /** 1656 * enum bss_param_flags - bitrate info flags 1657 * 1658 * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission 1659 * type for 802.11n transmissions. 1660 * 1661 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled 1662 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled 1663 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled 1664 */ 1665 enum bss_param_flags { 1666 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT = 1<<0, 1667 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE = 1<<1, 1668 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME = 1<<2, 1669 }; 1670 1671 /** 1672 * struct sta_bss_parameters - BSS parameters for the attached station 1673 * 1674 * Information about the currently associated BSS 1675 * 1676 * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum bss_param_flags 1677 * @dtim_period: DTIM period for the BSS 1678 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval 1679 */ 1680 struct sta_bss_parameters { 1681 u8 flags; 1682 u8 dtim_period; 1683 u16 beacon_interval; 1684 }; 1685 1686 /** 1687 * struct cfg80211_txq_stats - TXQ statistics for this TID 1688 * @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_txq_stats to 1689 * indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled 1690 * @backlog_bytes: total number of bytes currently backlogged 1691 * @backlog_packets: total number of packets currently backlogged 1692 * @flows: number of new flows seen 1693 * @drops: total number of packets dropped 1694 * @ecn_marks: total number of packets marked with ECN CE 1695 * @overlimit: number of drops due to queue space overflow 1696 * @overmemory: number of drops due to memory limit overflow 1697 * @collisions: number of hash collisions 1698 * @tx_bytes: total number of bytes dequeued 1699 * @tx_packets: total number of packets dequeued 1700 * @max_flows: maximum number of flows supported 1701 */ 1702 struct cfg80211_txq_stats { 1703 u32 filled; 1704 u32 backlog_bytes; 1705 u32 backlog_packets; 1706 u32 flows; 1707 u32 drops; 1708 u32 ecn_marks; 1709 u32 overlimit; 1710 u32 overmemory; 1711 u32 collisions; 1712 u32 tx_bytes; 1713 u32 tx_packets; 1714 u32 max_flows; 1715 }; 1716 1717 /** 1718 * struct cfg80211_tid_stats - per-TID statistics 1719 * @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_tid_stats to 1720 * indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled 1721 * @rx_msdu: number of received MSDUs 1722 * @tx_msdu: number of (attempted) transmitted MSDUs 1723 * @tx_msdu_retries: number of retries (not counting the first) for 1724 * transmitted MSDUs 1725 * @tx_msdu_failed: number of failed transmitted MSDUs 1726 * @txq_stats: TXQ statistics 1727 */ 1728 struct cfg80211_tid_stats { 1729 u32 filled; 1730 u64 rx_msdu; 1731 u64 tx_msdu; 1732 u64 tx_msdu_retries; 1733 u64 tx_msdu_failed; 1734 struct cfg80211_txq_stats txq_stats; 1735 }; 1736 1737 #define IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS 4 1738 1739 /** 1740 * struct station_info - station information 1741 * 1742 * Station information filled by driver for get_station() and dump_station. 1743 * 1744 * @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_sta_info to 1745 * indicate the relevant values in this struct for them 1746 * @connected_time: time(in secs) since a station is last connected 1747 * @inactive_time: time since last station activity (tx/rx) in milliseconds 1748 * @assoc_at: bootime (ns) of the last association 1749 * @rx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) received from this station 1750 * @tx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) transmitted to this station 1751 * @llid: mesh local link id 1752 * @plid: mesh peer link id 1753 * @plink_state: mesh peer link state 1754 * @signal: The signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type. 1755 * For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_. 1756 * @signal_avg: Average signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type. 1757 * For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_. 1758 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal, @chain_signal_avg 1759 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received packet in dBm 1760 * @chain_signal_avg: per-chain signal strength average in dBm 1761 * @txrate: current unicast bitrate from this station 1762 * @rxrate: current unicast bitrate to this station 1763 * @rx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) received from this station 1764 * @tx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) transmitted to this station 1765 * @tx_retries: cumulative retry counts (MPDUs) 1766 * @tx_failed: number of failed transmissions (MPDUs) (retries exceeded, no ACK) 1767 * @rx_dropped_misc: Dropped for un-specified reason. 1768 * @bss_param: current BSS parameters 1769 * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps. 1770 * This number should increase every time the list of stations 1771 * changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that 1772 * userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot. 1773 * @assoc_req_ies: IEs from (Re)Association Request. 1774 * This is used only when in AP mode with drivers that do not use 1775 * user space MLME/SME implementation. The information is provided for 1776 * the cfg80211_new_sta() calls to notify user space of the IEs. 1777 * @assoc_req_ies_len: Length of assoc_req_ies buffer in octets. 1778 * @sta_flags: station flags mask & values 1779 * @beacon_loss_count: Number of times beacon loss event has triggered. 1780 * @t_offset: Time offset of the station relative to this host. 1781 * @local_pm: local mesh STA power save mode 1782 * @peer_pm: peer mesh STA power save mode 1783 * @nonpeer_pm: non-peer mesh STA power save mode 1784 * @expected_throughput: expected throughput in kbps (including 802.11 headers) 1785 * towards this station. 1786 * @rx_beacon: number of beacons received from this peer 1787 * @rx_beacon_signal_avg: signal strength average (in dBm) for beacons received 1788 * from this peer 1789 * @connected_to_gate: true if mesh STA has a path to mesh gate 1790 * @rx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames from a peer 1791 * @tx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames to a peer 1792 * @airtime_weight: current airtime scheduling weight 1793 * @pertid: per-TID statistics, see &struct cfg80211_tid_stats, using the last 1794 * (IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS) index for MSDUs not encapsulated in QoS-MPDUs. 1795 * Note that this doesn't use the @filled bit, but is used if non-NULL. 1796 * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the last ACK frame. 1797 * @avg_ack_signal: average rssi value of ack packet for the no of msdu's has 1798 * been sent. 1799 * @rx_mpdu_count: number of MPDUs received from this station 1800 * @fcs_err_count: number of packets (MPDUs) received from this station with 1801 * an FCS error. This counter should be incremented only when TA of the 1802 * received packet with an FCS error matches the peer MAC address. 1803 * @airtime_link_metric: mesh airtime link metric. 1804 * @connected_to_as: true if mesh STA has a path to authentication server 1805 */ 1806 struct station_info { 1807 u64 filled; 1808 u32 connected_time; 1809 u32 inactive_time; 1810 u64 assoc_at; 1811 u64 rx_bytes; 1812 u64 tx_bytes; 1813 u16 llid; 1814 u16 plid; 1815 u8 plink_state; 1816 s8 signal; 1817 s8 signal_avg; 1818 1819 u8 chains; 1820 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 1821 s8 chain_signal_avg[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 1822 1823 struct rate_info txrate; 1824 struct rate_info rxrate; 1825 u32 rx_packets; 1826 u32 tx_packets; 1827 u32 tx_retries; 1828 u32 tx_failed; 1829 u32 rx_dropped_misc; 1830 struct sta_bss_parameters bss_param; 1831 struct nl80211_sta_flag_update sta_flags; 1832 1833 int generation; 1834 1835 const u8 *assoc_req_ies; 1836 size_t assoc_req_ies_len; 1837 1838 u32 beacon_loss_count; 1839 s64 t_offset; 1840 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm; 1841 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode peer_pm; 1842 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode nonpeer_pm; 1843 1844 u32 expected_throughput; 1845 1846 u64 tx_duration; 1847 u64 rx_duration; 1848 u64 rx_beacon; 1849 u8 rx_beacon_signal_avg; 1850 u8 connected_to_gate; 1851 1852 struct cfg80211_tid_stats *pertid; 1853 s8 ack_signal; 1854 s8 avg_ack_signal; 1855 1856 u16 airtime_weight; 1857 1858 u32 rx_mpdu_count; 1859 u32 fcs_err_count; 1860 1861 u32 airtime_link_metric; 1862 1863 u8 connected_to_as; 1864 }; 1865 1866 /** 1867 * struct cfg80211_sar_sub_specs - sub specs limit 1868 * @power: power limitation in 0.25dbm 1869 * @freq_range_index: index the power limitation applies to 1870 */ 1871 struct cfg80211_sar_sub_specs { 1872 s32 power; 1873 u32 freq_range_index; 1874 }; 1875 1876 /** 1877 * struct cfg80211_sar_specs - sar limit specs 1878 * @type: it's set with power in 0.25dbm or other types 1879 * @num_sub_specs: number of sar sub specs 1880 * @sub_specs: memory to hold the sar sub specs 1881 */ 1882 struct cfg80211_sar_specs { 1883 enum nl80211_sar_type type; 1884 u32 num_sub_specs; 1885 struct cfg80211_sar_sub_specs sub_specs[]; 1886 }; 1887 1888 1889 /** 1890 * struct cfg80211_sar_freq_ranges - sar frequency ranges 1891 * @start_freq: start range edge frequency 1892 * @end_freq: end range edge frequency 1893 */ 1894 struct cfg80211_sar_freq_ranges { 1895 u32 start_freq; 1896 u32 end_freq; 1897 }; 1898 1899 /** 1900 * struct cfg80211_sar_capa - sar limit capability 1901 * @type: it's set via power in 0.25dbm or other types 1902 * @num_freq_ranges: number of frequency ranges 1903 * @freq_ranges: memory to hold the freq ranges. 1904 * 1905 * Note: WLAN driver may append new ranges or split an existing 1906 * range to small ones and then append them. 1907 */ 1908 struct cfg80211_sar_capa { 1909 enum nl80211_sar_type type; 1910 u32 num_freq_ranges; 1911 const struct cfg80211_sar_freq_ranges *freq_ranges; 1912 }; 1913 1914 #if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_CFG80211) 1915 /** 1916 * cfg80211_get_station - retrieve information about a given station 1917 * @dev: the device where the station is supposed to be connected to 1918 * @mac_addr: the mac address of the station of interest 1919 * @sinfo: pointer to the structure to fill with the information 1920 * 1921 * Returns 0 on success and sinfo is filled with the available information 1922 * otherwise returns a negative error code and the content of sinfo has to be 1923 * considered undefined. 1924 */ 1925 int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 1926 struct station_info *sinfo); 1927 #else 1928 static inline int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev, 1929 const u8 *mac_addr, 1930 struct station_info *sinfo) 1931 { 1932 return -ENOENT; 1933 } 1934 #endif 1935 1936 /** 1937 * enum monitor_flags - monitor flags 1938 * 1939 * Monitor interface configuration flags. Note that these must be the bits 1940 * according to the nl80211 flags. 1941 * 1942 * @MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED: set if the flags were changed 1943 * @MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS 1944 * @MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP 1945 * @MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames 1946 * @MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering 1947 * @MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing 1948 * @MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE: active monitor, ACKs frames on its MAC address 1949 */ 1950 enum monitor_flags { 1951 MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED = 1<<__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID, 1952 MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL, 1953 MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL, 1954 MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL, 1955 MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS, 1956 MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES, 1957 MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE, 1958 }; 1959 1960 /** 1961 * enum mpath_info_flags - mesh path information flags 1962 * 1963 * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct mpath_info it has filled 1964 * in during get_station() or dump_station(). 1965 * 1966 * @MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: @frame_qlen filled 1967 * @MPATH_INFO_SN: @sn filled 1968 * @MPATH_INFO_METRIC: @metric filled 1969 * @MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: @exptime filled 1970 * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: @discovery_timeout filled 1971 * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: @discovery_retries filled 1972 * @MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: @flags filled 1973 * @MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: @hop_count filled 1974 * @MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: @path_change_count filled 1975 */ 1976 enum mpath_info_flags { 1977 MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN = BIT(0), 1978 MPATH_INFO_SN = BIT(1), 1979 MPATH_INFO_METRIC = BIT(2), 1980 MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME = BIT(3), 1981 MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT = BIT(4), 1982 MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES = BIT(5), 1983 MPATH_INFO_FLAGS = BIT(6), 1984 MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT = BIT(7), 1985 MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE = BIT(8), 1986 }; 1987 1988 /** 1989 * struct mpath_info - mesh path information 1990 * 1991 * Mesh path information filled by driver for get_mpath() and dump_mpath(). 1992 * 1993 * @filled: bitfield of flags from &enum mpath_info_flags 1994 * @frame_qlen: number of queued frames for this destination 1995 * @sn: target sequence number 1996 * @metric: metric (cost) of this mesh path 1997 * @exptime: expiration time for the mesh path from now, in msecs 1998 * @flags: mesh path flags 1999 * @discovery_timeout: total mesh path discovery timeout, in msecs 2000 * @discovery_retries: mesh path discovery retries 2001 * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps. 2002 * This number should increase every time the list of mesh paths 2003 * changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that 2004 * userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot. 2005 * @hop_count: hops to destination 2006 * @path_change_count: total number of path changes to destination 2007 */ 2008 struct mpath_info { 2009 u32 filled; 2010 u32 frame_qlen; 2011 u32 sn; 2012 u32 metric; 2013 u32 exptime; 2014 u32 discovery_timeout; 2015 u8 discovery_retries; 2016 u8 flags; 2017 u8 hop_count; 2018 u32 path_change_count; 2019 2020 int generation; 2021 }; 2022 2023 /** 2024 * struct bss_parameters - BSS parameters 2025 * 2026 * Used to change BSS parameters (mainly for AP mode). 2027 * 2028 * @use_cts_prot: Whether to use CTS protection 2029 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 2030 * @use_short_preamble: Whether the use of short preambles is allowed 2031 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 2032 * @use_short_slot_time: Whether the use of short slot time is allowed 2033 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 2034 * @basic_rates: basic rates in IEEE 802.11 format 2035 * (or NULL for no change) 2036 * @basic_rates_len: number of basic rates 2037 * @ap_isolate: do not forward packets between connected stations 2038 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 2039 * @ht_opmode: HT Operation mode 2040 * (u16 = opmode, -1 = do not change) 2041 * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window (-1 = no change) 2042 * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS (-1 = no change) 2043 */ 2044 struct bss_parameters { 2045 int use_cts_prot; 2046 int use_short_preamble; 2047 int use_short_slot_time; 2048 const u8 *basic_rates; 2049 u8 basic_rates_len; 2050 int ap_isolate; 2051 int ht_opmode; 2052 s8 p2p_ctwindow, p2p_opp_ps; 2053 }; 2054 2055 /** 2056 * struct mesh_config - 802.11s mesh configuration 2057 * 2058 * These parameters can be changed while the mesh is active. 2059 * 2060 * @dot11MeshRetryTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units used 2061 * by the Mesh Peering Open message 2062 * @dot11MeshConfirmTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units 2063 * used by the Mesh Peering Open message 2064 * @dot11MeshHoldingTimeout: the confirm timeout in millisecond units used by 2065 * the mesh peering management to close a mesh peering 2066 * @dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks: the maximum number of peer links allowed on this 2067 * mesh interface 2068 * @dot11MeshMaxRetries: the maximum number of peer link open retries that can 2069 * be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a mesh 2070 * @dot11MeshTTL: the value of TTL field set at a source mesh STA 2071 * @element_ttl: the value of TTL field set at a mesh STA for path selection 2072 * elements 2073 * @auto_open_plinks: whether we should automatically open peer links when we 2074 * detect compatible mesh peers 2075 * @dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor: the maximum number of neighbors to 2076 * synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method 2077 * @dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries: the number of action frames containing a PREQ 2078 * that an originator mesh STA can send to a particular path target 2079 * @path_refresh_time: how frequently to refresh mesh paths in milliseconds 2080 * @min_discovery_timeout: the minimum length of time to wait until giving up on 2081 * a path discovery in milliseconds 2082 * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout: the time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs 2083 * receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from the 2084 * root to be valid. (TU = time unit) 2085 * @dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during 2086 * which a mesh STA can send only one action frame containing a PREQ 2087 * element 2088 * @dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during 2089 * which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a PERR 2090 * element 2091 * @dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime: the interval of time (in TUs) that 2092 * it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the mesh 2093 * @dot11MeshHWMPRootMode: the configuration of a mesh STA as root mesh STA 2094 * @dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval: the interval of time (in TUs) between root 2095 * announcements are transmitted 2096 * @dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol: whether to advertise that this mesh 2097 * station has access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. (This is 2098 * missnamed in draft 12.0: dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol set to true 2099 * only means that the station will announce others it's a mesh gate, but 2100 * not necessarily using the gate announcement protocol. Still keeping the 2101 * same nomenclature to be in sync with the spec) 2102 * @dot11MeshForwarding: whether the Mesh STA is forwarding or non-forwarding 2103 * entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity) 2104 * @rssi_threshold: the threshold for average signal strength of candidate 2105 * station to establish a peer link 2106 * @ht_opmode: mesh HT protection mode 2107 * 2108 * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout: The time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs 2109 * receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding information to 2110 * the root mesh STA to be valid. 2111 * 2112 * @dot11MeshHWMProotInterval: The interval of time (in TUs) between proactive 2113 * PREQs are transmitted. 2114 * @dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval: The minimum interval of time (in TUs) 2115 * during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing 2116 * a PREQ element for root path confirmation. 2117 * @power_mode: The default mesh power save mode which will be the initial 2118 * setting for new peer links. 2119 * @dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration: The duration in TUs the STA will remain awake 2120 * after transmitting its beacon. 2121 * @plink_timeout: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've established 2122 * peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then remove it 2123 * from the STA's list of peers. Default is 30 minutes. 2124 * @dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate: if set to true, advertise that this STA is 2125 * connected to a mesh gate in mesh formation info. If false, the 2126 * value in mesh formation is determined by the presence of root paths 2127 * in the mesh path table 2128 * @dot11MeshNolearn: Try to avoid multi-hop path discovery (e.g. PREQ/PREP 2129 * for HWMP) if the destination is a direct neighbor. Note that this might 2130 * not be the optimal decision as a multi-hop route might be better. So 2131 * if using this setting you will likely also want to disable 2132 * dot11MeshForwarding and use another mesh routing protocol on top. 2133 */ 2134 struct mesh_config { 2135 u16 dot11MeshRetryTimeout; 2136 u16 dot11MeshConfirmTimeout; 2137 u16 dot11MeshHoldingTimeout; 2138 u16 dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks; 2139 u8 dot11MeshMaxRetries; 2140 u8 dot11MeshTTL; 2141 u8 element_ttl; 2142 bool auto_open_plinks; 2143 u32 dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor; 2144 u8 dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries; 2145 u32 path_refresh_time; 2146 u16 min_discovery_timeout; 2147 u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout; 2148 u16 dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval; 2149 u16 dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval; 2150 u16 dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime; 2151 u8 dot11MeshHWMPRootMode; 2152 bool dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate; 2153 bool dot11MeshConnectedToAuthServer; 2154 u16 dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval; 2155 bool dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol; 2156 bool dot11MeshForwarding; 2157 s32 rssi_threshold; 2158 u16 ht_opmode; 2159 u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout; 2160 u16 dot11MeshHWMProotInterval; 2161 u16 dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval; 2162 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode power_mode; 2163 u16 dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration; 2164 u32 plink_timeout; 2165 bool dot11MeshNolearn; 2166 }; 2167 2168 /** 2169 * struct mesh_setup - 802.11s mesh setup configuration 2170 * @chandef: defines the channel to use 2171 * @mesh_id: the mesh ID 2172 * @mesh_id_len: length of the mesh ID, at least 1 and at most 32 bytes 2173 * @sync_method: which synchronization method to use 2174 * @path_sel_proto: which path selection protocol to use 2175 * @path_metric: which metric to use 2176 * @auth_id: which authentication method this mesh is using 2177 * @ie: vendor information elements (optional) 2178 * @ie_len: length of vendor information elements 2179 * @is_authenticated: this mesh requires authentication 2180 * @is_secure: this mesh uses security 2181 * @user_mpm: userspace handles all MPM functions 2182 * @dtim_period: DTIM period to use 2183 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use 2184 * @mcast_rate: multicat rate for Mesh Node [6Mbps is the default for 802.11a] 2185 * @basic_rates: basic rates to use when creating the mesh 2186 * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons 2187 * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e. 2188 * changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required 2189 * to operate on DFS channels. 2190 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control 2191 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface. 2192 * 2193 * These parameters are fixed when the mesh is created. 2194 */ 2195 struct mesh_setup { 2196 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 2197 const u8 *mesh_id; 2198 u8 mesh_id_len; 2199 u8 sync_method; 2200 u8 path_sel_proto; 2201 u8 path_metric; 2202 u8 auth_id; 2203 const u8 *ie; 2204 u8 ie_len; 2205 bool is_authenticated; 2206 bool is_secure; 2207 bool user_mpm; 2208 u8 dtim_period; 2209 u16 beacon_interval; 2210 int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 2211 u32 basic_rates; 2212 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate; 2213 bool userspace_handles_dfs; 2214 bool control_port_over_nl80211; 2215 }; 2216 2217 /** 2218 * struct ocb_setup - 802.11p OCB mode setup configuration 2219 * @chandef: defines the channel to use 2220 * 2221 * These parameters are fixed when connecting to the network 2222 */ 2223 struct ocb_setup { 2224 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 2225 }; 2226 2227 /** 2228 * struct ieee80211_txq_params - TX queue parameters 2229 * @ac: AC identifier 2230 * @txop: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning disabled 2231 * @cwmin: Minimum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range 2232 * 1..32767] 2233 * @cwmax: Maximum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range 2234 * 1..32767] 2235 * @aifs: Arbitration interframe space [0..255] 2236 */ 2237 struct ieee80211_txq_params { 2238 enum nl80211_ac ac; 2239 u16 txop; 2240 u16 cwmin; 2241 u16 cwmax; 2242 u8 aifs; 2243 }; 2244 2245 /** 2246 * DOC: Scanning and BSS list handling 2247 * 2248 * The scanning process itself is fairly simple, but cfg80211 offers quite 2249 * a bit of helper functionality. To start a scan, the scan operation will 2250 * be invoked with a scan definition. This scan definition contains the 2251 * channels to scan, and the SSIDs to send probe requests for (including the 2252 * wildcard, if desired). A passive scan is indicated by having no SSIDs to 2253 * probe. Additionally, a scan request may contain extra information elements 2254 * that should be added to the probe request. The IEs are guaranteed to be 2255 * well-formed, and will not exceed the maximum length the driver advertised 2256 * in the wiphy structure. 2257 * 2258 * When scanning finds a BSS, cfg80211 needs to be notified of that, because 2259 * it is responsible for maintaining the BSS list; the driver should not 2260 * maintain a list itself. For this notification, various functions exist. 2261 * 2262 * Since drivers do not maintain a BSS list, there are also a number of 2263 * functions to search for a BSS and obtain information about it from the 2264 * BSS structure cfg80211 maintains. The BSS list is also made available 2265 * to userspace. 2266 */ 2267 2268 /** 2269 * struct cfg80211_ssid - SSID description 2270 * @ssid: the SSID 2271 * @ssid_len: length of the ssid 2272 */ 2273 struct cfg80211_ssid { 2274 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 2275 u8 ssid_len; 2276 }; 2277 2278 /** 2279 * struct cfg80211_scan_info - information about completed scan 2280 * @scan_start_tsf: scan start time in terms of the TSF of the BSS that the 2281 * wireless device that requested the scan is connected to. If this 2282 * information is not available, this field is left zero. 2283 * @tsf_bssid: the BSSID according to which %scan_start_tsf is set. 2284 * @aborted: set to true if the scan was aborted for any reason, 2285 * userspace will be notified of that 2286 */ 2287 struct cfg80211_scan_info { 2288 u64 scan_start_tsf; 2289 u8 tsf_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2290 bool aborted; 2291 }; 2292 2293 /** 2294 * struct cfg80211_scan_6ghz_params - relevant for 6 GHz only 2295 * 2296 * @short_bssid: short ssid to scan for 2297 * @bssid: bssid to scan for 2298 * @channel_idx: idx of the channel in the channel array in the scan request 2299 * which the above info relvant to 2300 * @unsolicited_probe: the AP transmits unsolicited probe response every 20 TU 2301 * @short_ssid_valid: short_ssid is valid and can be used 2302 * @psc_no_listen: when set, and the channel is a PSC channel, no need to wait 2303 * 20 TUs before starting to send probe requests. 2304 */ 2305 struct cfg80211_scan_6ghz_params { 2306 u32 short_ssid; 2307 u32 channel_idx; 2308 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 2309 bool unsolicited_probe; 2310 bool short_ssid_valid; 2311 bool psc_no_listen; 2312 }; 2313 2314 /** 2315 * struct cfg80211_scan_request - scan request description 2316 * 2317 * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (active scan only) 2318 * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs 2319 * @channels: channels to scan on. 2320 * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan 2321 * @scan_width: channel width for scanning 2322 * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL 2323 * @ie_len: length of ie in octets 2324 * @duration: how long to listen on each channel, in TUs. If 2325 * %duration_mandatory is not set, this is the maximum dwell time and 2326 * the actual dwell time may be shorter. 2327 * @duration_mandatory: if set, the scan duration must be as specified by the 2328 * %duration field. 2329 * @flags: bit field of flags controlling operation 2330 * @rates: bitmap of rates to advertise for each band 2331 * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for 2332 * @scan_start: time (in jiffies) when the scan started 2333 * @wdev: the wireless device to scan for 2334 * @info: (internal) information about completed scan 2335 * @notified: (internal) scan request was notified as done or aborted 2336 * @no_cck: used to send probe requests at non CCK rate in 2GHz band 2337 * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation 2338 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that 2339 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should 2340 * be taken from the @mac_addr 2341 * @scan_6ghz: relevant for split scan request only, 2342 * true if this is the second scan request 2343 * @n_6ghz_params: number of 6 GHz params 2344 * @scan_6ghz_params: 6 GHz params 2345 * @bssid: BSSID to scan for (most commonly, the wildcard BSSID) 2346 */ 2347 struct cfg80211_scan_request { 2348 struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids; 2349 int n_ssids; 2350 u32 n_channels; 2351 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width; 2352 const u8 *ie; 2353 size_t ie_len; 2354 u16 duration; 2355 bool duration_mandatory; 2356 u32 flags; 2357 2358 u32 rates[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 2359 2360 struct wireless_dev *wdev; 2361 2362 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2363 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2364 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2365 2366 /* internal */ 2367 struct wiphy *wiphy; 2368 unsigned long scan_start; 2369 struct cfg80211_scan_info info; 2370 bool notified; 2371 bool no_cck; 2372 bool scan_6ghz; 2373 u32 n_6ghz_params; 2374 struct cfg80211_scan_6ghz_params *scan_6ghz_params; 2375 2376 /* keep last */ 2377 struct ieee80211_channel *channels[]; 2378 }; 2379 2380 static inline void get_random_mask_addr(u8 *buf, const u8 *addr, const u8 *mask) 2381 { 2382 int i; 2383 2384 get_random_bytes(buf, ETH_ALEN); 2385 for (i = 0; i < ETH_ALEN; i++) { 2386 buf[i] &= ~mask[i]; 2387 buf[i] |= addr[i] & mask[i]; 2388 } 2389 } 2390 2391 /** 2392 * struct cfg80211_match_set - sets of attributes to match 2393 * 2394 * @ssid: SSID to be matched; may be zero-length in case of BSSID match 2395 * or no match (RSSI only) 2396 * @bssid: BSSID to be matched; may be all-zero BSSID in case of SSID match 2397 * or no match (RSSI only) 2398 * @rssi_thold: don't report scan results below this threshold (in s32 dBm) 2399 * @per_band_rssi_thold: Minimum rssi threshold for each band to be applied 2400 * for filtering out scan results received. Drivers advertize this support 2401 * of band specific rssi based filtering through the feature capability 2402 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD. These band 2403 * specific rssi thresholds take precedence over rssi_thold, if specified. 2404 * If not specified for any band, it will be assigned with rssi_thold of 2405 * corresponding matchset. 2406 */ 2407 struct cfg80211_match_set { 2408 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; 2409 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 2410 s32 rssi_thold; 2411 s32 per_band_rssi_thold[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 2412 }; 2413 2414 /** 2415 * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan - scan plan for scheduled scan 2416 * 2417 * @interval: interval between scheduled scan iterations. In seconds. 2418 * @iterations: number of scan iterations in this scan plan. Zero means 2419 * infinite loop. 2420 * The last scan plan will always have this parameter set to zero, 2421 * all other scan plans will have a finite number of iterations. 2422 */ 2423 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan { 2424 u32 interval; 2425 u32 iterations; 2426 }; 2427 2428 /** 2429 * struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust - BSS selection with RSSI adjustment. 2430 * 2431 * @band: band of BSS which should match for RSSI level adjustment. 2432 * @delta: value of RSSI level adjustment. 2433 */ 2434 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust { 2435 enum nl80211_band band; 2436 s8 delta; 2437 }; 2438 2439 /** 2440 * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request - scheduled scan request description 2441 * 2442 * @reqid: identifies this request. 2443 * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (passed in the probe_reqs in active scans) 2444 * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs 2445 * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan 2446 * @scan_width: channel width for scanning 2447 * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL 2448 * @ie_len: length of ie in octets 2449 * @flags: bit field of flags controlling operation 2450 * @match_sets: sets of parameters to be matched for a scan result 2451 * entry to be considered valid and to be passed to the host 2452 * (others are filtered out). 2453 * If ommited, all results are passed. 2454 * @n_match_sets: number of match sets 2455 * @report_results: indicates that results were reported for this request 2456 * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for 2457 * @dev: the interface 2458 * @scan_start: start time of the scheduled scan 2459 * @channels: channels to scan 2460 * @min_rssi_thold: for drivers only supporting a single threshold, this 2461 * contains the minimum over all matchsets 2462 * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation 2463 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that 2464 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should 2465 * be taken from the @mac_addr 2466 * @scan_plans: scan plans to be executed in this scheduled scan. Lowest 2467 * index must be executed first. 2468 * @n_scan_plans: number of scan plans, at least 1. 2469 * @rcu_head: RCU callback used to free the struct 2470 * @owner_nlportid: netlink portid of owner (if this should is a request 2471 * owned by a particular socket) 2472 * @nl_owner_dead: netlink owner socket was closed - this request be freed 2473 * @list: for keeping list of requests. 2474 * @delay: delay in seconds to use before starting the first scan 2475 * cycle. The driver may ignore this parameter and start 2476 * immediately (or at any other time), if this feature is not 2477 * supported. 2478 * @relative_rssi_set: Indicates whether @relative_rssi is set or not. 2479 * @relative_rssi: Relative RSSI threshold in dB to restrict scan result 2480 * reporting in connected state to cases where a matching BSS is determined 2481 * to have better or slightly worse RSSI than the current connected BSS. 2482 * The relative RSSI threshold values are ignored in disconnected state. 2483 * @rssi_adjust: delta dB of RSSI preference to be given to the BSSs that belong 2484 * to the specified band while deciding whether a better BSS is reported 2485 * using @relative_rssi. If delta is a negative number, the BSSs that 2486 * belong to the specified band will be penalized by delta dB in relative 2487 * comparisions. 2488 */ 2489 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request { 2490 u64 reqid; 2491 struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids; 2492 int n_ssids; 2493 u32 n_channels; 2494 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width; 2495 const u8 *ie; 2496 size_t ie_len; 2497 u32 flags; 2498 struct cfg80211_match_set *match_sets; 2499 int n_match_sets; 2500 s32 min_rssi_thold; 2501 u32 delay; 2502 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan *scan_plans; 2503 int n_scan_plans; 2504 2505 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2506 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2507 2508 bool relative_rssi_set; 2509 s8 relative_rssi; 2510 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust rssi_adjust; 2511 2512 /* internal */ 2513 struct wiphy *wiphy; 2514 struct net_device *dev; 2515 unsigned long scan_start; 2516 bool report_results; 2517 struct rcu_head rcu_head; 2518 u32 owner_nlportid; 2519 bool nl_owner_dead; 2520 struct list_head list; 2521 2522 /* keep last */ 2523 struct ieee80211_channel *channels[]; 2524 }; 2525 2526 /** 2527 * enum cfg80211_signal_type - signal type 2528 * 2529 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE: no signal strength information available 2530 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM: signal strength in mBm (100*dBm) 2531 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC: signal strength, increasing from 0 through 100 2532 */ 2533 enum cfg80211_signal_type { 2534 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE, 2535 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, 2536 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC, 2537 }; 2538 2539 /** 2540 * struct cfg80211_inform_bss - BSS inform data 2541 * @chan: channel the frame was received on 2542 * @scan_width: scan width that was used 2543 * @signal: signal strength value, according to the wiphy's 2544 * signal type 2545 * @boottime_ns: timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the information was 2546 * received; should match the time when the frame was actually 2547 * received by the device (not just by the host, in case it was 2548 * buffered on the device) and be accurate to about 10ms. 2549 * If the frame isn't buffered, just passing the return value of 2550 * ktime_get_boottime_ns() is likely appropriate. 2551 * @parent_tsf: the time at the start of reception of the first octet of the 2552 * timestamp field of the frame. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified 2553 * by %parent_bssid. 2554 * @parent_bssid: the BSS according to which %parent_tsf is set. This is set to 2555 * the BSS that requested the scan in which the beacon/probe was received. 2556 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal. 2557 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm. 2558 */ 2559 struct cfg80211_inform_bss { 2560 struct ieee80211_channel *chan; 2561 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width; 2562 s32 signal; 2563 u64 boottime_ns; 2564 u64 parent_tsf; 2565 u8 parent_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2566 u8 chains; 2567 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 2568 }; 2569 2570 /** 2571 * struct cfg80211_bss_ies - BSS entry IE data 2572 * @tsf: TSF contained in the frame that carried these IEs 2573 * @rcu_head: internal use, for freeing 2574 * @len: length of the IEs 2575 * @from_beacon: these IEs are known to come from a beacon 2576 * @data: IE data 2577 */ 2578 struct cfg80211_bss_ies { 2579 u64 tsf; 2580 struct rcu_head rcu_head; 2581 int len; 2582 bool from_beacon; 2583 u8 data[]; 2584 }; 2585 2586 /** 2587 * struct cfg80211_bss - BSS description 2588 * 2589 * This structure describes a BSS (which may also be a mesh network) 2590 * for use in scan results and similar. 2591 * 2592 * @channel: channel this BSS is on 2593 * @scan_width: width of the control channel 2594 * @bssid: BSSID of the BSS 2595 * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval as from the frame 2596 * @capability: the capability field in host byte order 2597 * @ies: the information elements (Note that there is no guarantee that these 2598 * are well-formed!); this is a pointer to either the beacon_ies or 2599 * proberesp_ies depending on whether Probe Response frame has been 2600 * received. It is always non-%NULL. 2601 * @beacon_ies: the information elements from the last Beacon frame 2602 * (implementation note: if @hidden_beacon_bss is set this struct doesn't 2603 * own the beacon_ies, but they're just pointers to the ones from the 2604 * @hidden_beacon_bss struct) 2605 * @proberesp_ies: the information elements from the last Probe Response frame 2606 * @hidden_beacon_bss: in case this BSS struct represents a probe response from 2607 * a BSS that hides the SSID in its beacon, this points to the BSS struct 2608 * that holds the beacon data. @beacon_ies is still valid, of course, and 2609 * points to the same data as hidden_beacon_bss->beacon_ies in that case. 2610 * @transmitted_bss: pointer to the transmitted BSS, if this is a 2611 * non-transmitted one (multi-BSSID support) 2612 * @nontrans_list: list of non-transmitted BSS, if this is a transmitted one 2613 * (multi-BSSID support) 2614 * @signal: signal strength value (type depends on the wiphy's signal_type) 2615 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal. 2616 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm. 2617 * @bssid_index: index in the multiple BSS set 2618 * @max_bssid_indicator: max number of members in the BSS set 2619 * @priv: private area for driver use, has at least wiphy->bss_priv_size bytes 2620 */ 2621 struct cfg80211_bss { 2622 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 2623 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width; 2624 2625 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *ies; 2626 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *beacon_ies; 2627 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *proberesp_ies; 2628 2629 struct cfg80211_bss *hidden_beacon_bss; 2630 struct cfg80211_bss *transmitted_bss; 2631 struct list_head nontrans_list; 2632 2633 s32 signal; 2634 2635 u16 beacon_interval; 2636 u16 capability; 2637 2638 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 2639 u8 chains; 2640 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 2641 2642 u8 bssid_index; 2643 u8 max_bssid_indicator; 2644 2645 u8 priv[] __aligned(sizeof(void *)); 2646 }; 2647 2648 /** 2649 * ieee80211_bss_get_elem - find element with given ID 2650 * @bss: the bss to search 2651 * @id: the element ID 2652 * 2653 * Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so 2654 * rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function. 2655 * Return: %NULL if not found. 2656 */ 2657 const struct element *ieee80211_bss_get_elem(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 id); 2658 2659 /** 2660 * ieee80211_bss_get_ie - find IE with given ID 2661 * @bss: the bss to search 2662 * @id: the element ID 2663 * 2664 * Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so 2665 * rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function. 2666 * Return: %NULL if not found. 2667 */ 2668 static inline const u8 *ieee80211_bss_get_ie(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 id) 2669 { 2670 return (const void *)ieee80211_bss_get_elem(bss, id); 2671 } 2672 2673 2674 /** 2675 * struct cfg80211_auth_request - Authentication request data 2676 * 2677 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2678 * authentication. 2679 * 2680 * @bss: The BSS to authenticate with, the callee must obtain a reference 2681 * to it if it needs to keep it. 2682 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) 2683 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Authentication frame or %NULL 2684 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 2685 * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication 2686 * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication 2687 * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication 2688 * @auth_data: Fields and elements in Authentication frames. This contains 2689 * the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data), excluding the 2690 * Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the Authentication 2691 * transaction sequence number field. 2692 * @auth_data_len: Length of auth_data buffer in octets 2693 */ 2694 struct cfg80211_auth_request { 2695 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 2696 const u8 *ie; 2697 size_t ie_len; 2698 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; 2699 const u8 *key; 2700 u8 key_len, key_idx; 2701 const u8 *auth_data; 2702 size_t auth_data_len; 2703 }; 2704 2705 /** 2706 * enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags - Over-ride default behaviour in association. 2707 * 2708 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT: Disable HT (802.11n) 2709 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT: Disable VHT 2710 * @ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM: Declare RRM capability in this association 2711 * @CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: User space indicates external 2712 * authentication capability. Drivers can offload authentication to 2713 * userspace if this flag is set. Only applicable for cfg80211_connect() 2714 * request (connect callback). 2715 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HE: Disable HE 2716 */ 2717 enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags { 2718 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT = BIT(0), 2719 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT = BIT(1), 2720 ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM = BIT(2), 2721 CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT = BIT(3), 2722 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HE = BIT(4), 2723 }; 2724 2725 /** 2726 * struct cfg80211_assoc_request - (Re)Association request data 2727 * 2728 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2729 * (re)association. 2730 * @bss: The BSS to associate with. If the call is successful the driver is 2731 * given a reference that it must give back to cfg80211_send_rx_assoc() 2732 * or to cfg80211_assoc_timeout(). To ensure proper refcounting, new 2733 * association requests while already associating must be rejected. 2734 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to (Re)Association Request frame or %NULL 2735 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 2736 * @use_mfp: Use management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) in this association 2737 * @crypto: crypto settings 2738 * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used 2739 * to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request 2740 * do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to 2741 * the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is 2742 * included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request 2743 * frame. 2744 * @flags: See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags 2745 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask 2746 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. 2747 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. 2748 * @vht_capa: VHT capability override 2749 * @vht_capa_mask: VHT capability mask indicating which fields to use 2750 * @fils_kek: FILS KEK for protecting (Re)Association Request/Response frame or 2751 * %NULL if FILS is not used. 2752 * @fils_kek_len: Length of fils_kek in octets 2753 * @fils_nonces: FILS nonces (part of AAD) for protecting (Re)Association 2754 * Request/Response frame or %NULL if FILS is not used. This field starts 2755 * with 16 octets of STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce. 2756 * @s1g_capa: S1G capability override 2757 * @s1g_capa_mask: S1G capability override mask 2758 */ 2759 struct cfg80211_assoc_request { 2760 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 2761 const u8 *ie, *prev_bssid; 2762 size_t ie_len; 2763 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; 2764 bool use_mfp; 2765 u32 flags; 2766 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; 2767 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; 2768 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa, vht_capa_mask; 2769 const u8 *fils_kek; 2770 size_t fils_kek_len; 2771 const u8 *fils_nonces; 2772 struct ieee80211_s1g_cap s1g_capa, s1g_capa_mask; 2773 }; 2774 2775 /** 2776 * struct cfg80211_deauth_request - Deauthentication request data 2777 * 2778 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2779 * deauthentication. 2780 * 2781 * @bssid: the BSSID of the BSS to deauthenticate from 2782 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Deauthentication frame or %NULL 2783 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 2784 * @reason_code: The reason code for the deauthentication 2785 * @local_state_change: if set, change local state only and 2786 * do not set a deauth frame 2787 */ 2788 struct cfg80211_deauth_request { 2789 const u8 *bssid; 2790 const u8 *ie; 2791 size_t ie_len; 2792 u16 reason_code; 2793 bool local_state_change; 2794 }; 2795 2796 /** 2797 * struct cfg80211_disassoc_request - Disassociation request data 2798 * 2799 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2800 * disassociation. 2801 * 2802 * @bss: the BSS to disassociate from 2803 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Disassociation frame or %NULL 2804 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 2805 * @reason_code: The reason code for the disassociation 2806 * @local_state_change: This is a request for a local state only, i.e., no 2807 * Disassociation frame is to be transmitted. 2808 */ 2809 struct cfg80211_disassoc_request { 2810 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 2811 const u8 *ie; 2812 size_t ie_len; 2813 u16 reason_code; 2814 bool local_state_change; 2815 }; 2816 2817 /** 2818 * struct cfg80211_ibss_params - IBSS parameters 2819 * 2820 * This structure defines the IBSS parameters for the join_ibss() 2821 * method. 2822 * 2823 * @ssid: The SSID, will always be non-null. 2824 * @ssid_len: The length of the SSID, will always be non-zero. 2825 * @bssid: Fixed BSSID requested, maybe be %NULL, if set do not 2826 * search for IBSSs with a different BSSID. 2827 * @chandef: defines the channel to use if no other IBSS to join can be found 2828 * @channel_fixed: The channel should be fixed -- do not search for 2829 * IBSSs to join on other channels. 2830 * @ie: information element(s) to include in the beacon 2831 * @ie_len: length of that 2832 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use 2833 * @privacy: this is a protected network, keys will be configured 2834 * after joining 2835 * @control_port: whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., 2836 * sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is 2837 * required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by 2838 * user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default. 2839 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control 2840 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface. 2841 * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e. 2842 * changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required 2843 * to operate on DFS channels. 2844 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates to use when creating the IBSS 2845 * @mcast_rate: per-band multicast rate index + 1 (0: disabled) 2846 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask 2847 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. 2848 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. 2849 * @wep_keys: static WEP keys, if not NULL points to an array of 2850 * CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS WEP keys 2851 * @wep_tx_key: key index (0..3) of the default TX static WEP key 2852 */ 2853 struct cfg80211_ibss_params { 2854 const u8 *ssid; 2855 const u8 *bssid; 2856 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 2857 const u8 *ie; 2858 u8 ssid_len, ie_len; 2859 u16 beacon_interval; 2860 u32 basic_rates; 2861 bool channel_fixed; 2862 bool privacy; 2863 bool control_port; 2864 bool control_port_over_nl80211; 2865 bool userspace_handles_dfs; 2866 int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 2867 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; 2868 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; 2869 struct key_params *wep_keys; 2870 int wep_tx_key; 2871 }; 2872 2873 /** 2874 * struct cfg80211_bss_selection - connection parameters for BSS selection. 2875 * 2876 * @behaviour: requested BSS selection behaviour. 2877 * @param: parameters for requestion behaviour. 2878 * @band_pref: preferred band for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF. 2879 * @adjust: parameters for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST. 2880 */ 2881 struct cfg80211_bss_selection { 2882 enum nl80211_bss_select_attr behaviour; 2883 union { 2884 enum nl80211_band band_pref; 2885 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust adjust; 2886 } param; 2887 }; 2888 2889 /** 2890 * struct cfg80211_connect_params - Connection parameters 2891 * 2892 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2893 * authentication and association. 2894 * 2895 * @channel: The channel to use or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based 2896 * on scan results) 2897 * @channel_hint: The channel of the recommended BSS for initial connection or 2898 * %NULL if not specified 2899 * @bssid: The AP BSSID or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based on scan 2900 * results) 2901 * @bssid_hint: The recommended AP BSSID for initial connection to the BSS or 2902 * %NULL if not specified. Unlike the @bssid parameter, the driver is 2903 * allowed to ignore this @bssid_hint if it has knowledge of a better BSS 2904 * to use. 2905 * @ssid: SSID 2906 * @ssid_len: Length of ssid in octets 2907 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) 2908 * @ie: IEs for association request 2909 * @ie_len: Length of assoc_ie in octets 2910 * @privacy: indicates whether privacy-enabled APs should be used 2911 * @mfp: indicate whether management frame protection is used 2912 * @crypto: crypto settings 2913 * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication 2914 * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication 2915 * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication 2916 * @flags: See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags 2917 * @bg_scan_period: Background scan period in seconds 2918 * or -1 to indicate that default value is to be used. 2919 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask 2920 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. 2921 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. 2922 * @vht_capa: VHT Capability overrides 2923 * @vht_capa_mask: The bits of vht_capa which are to be used. 2924 * @pbss: if set, connect to a PCP instead of AP. Valid for DMG 2925 * networks. 2926 * @bss_select: criteria to be used for BSS selection. 2927 * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used 2928 * to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request 2929 * do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to 2930 * the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is 2931 * included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request 2932 * frame. 2933 * @fils_erp_username: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) username part of the 2934 * NAI or %NULL if not specified. This is used to construct FILS wrapped 2935 * data IE. 2936 * @fils_erp_username_len: Length of @fils_erp_username in octets. 2937 * @fils_erp_realm: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) realm part of NAI or 2938 * %NULL if not specified. This specifies the domain name of ER server and 2939 * is used to construct FILS wrapped data IE. 2940 * @fils_erp_realm_len: Length of @fils_erp_realm in octets. 2941 * @fils_erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in the FILS ERP 2942 * messages. This is also used to construct FILS wrapped data IE. 2943 * @fils_erp_rrk: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) used to derive additional 2944 * keys in FILS or %NULL if not specified. 2945 * @fils_erp_rrk_len: Length of @fils_erp_rrk in octets. 2946 * @want_1x: indicates user-space supports and wants to use 802.1X driver 2947 * offload of 4-way handshake. 2948 * @edmg: define the EDMG channels. 2949 * This may specify multiple channels and bonding options for the driver 2950 * to choose from, based on BSS configuration. 2951 */ 2952 struct cfg80211_connect_params { 2953 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 2954 struct ieee80211_channel *channel_hint; 2955 const u8 *bssid; 2956 const u8 *bssid_hint; 2957 const u8 *ssid; 2958 size_t ssid_len; 2959 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; 2960 const u8 *ie; 2961 size_t ie_len; 2962 bool privacy; 2963 enum nl80211_mfp mfp; 2964 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; 2965 const u8 *key; 2966 u8 key_len, key_idx; 2967 u32 flags; 2968 int bg_scan_period; 2969 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; 2970 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; 2971 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa; 2972 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa_mask; 2973 bool pbss; 2974 struct cfg80211_bss_selection bss_select; 2975 const u8 *prev_bssid; 2976 const u8 *fils_erp_username; 2977 size_t fils_erp_username_len; 2978 const u8 *fils_erp_realm; 2979 size_t fils_erp_realm_len; 2980 u16 fils_erp_next_seq_num; 2981 const u8 *fils_erp_rrk; 2982 size_t fils_erp_rrk_len; 2983 bool want_1x; 2984 struct ieee80211_edmg edmg; 2985 }; 2986 2987 /** 2988 * enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed - Connection parameters being updated 2989 * 2990 * This enum provides information of all connect parameters that 2991 * have to be updated as part of update_connect_params() call. 2992 * 2993 * @UPDATE_ASSOC_IES: Indicates whether association request IEs are updated 2994 * @UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO: Indicates that FILS connection parameters (realm, 2995 * username, erp sequence number and rrk) are updated 2996 * @UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE: Indicates that authentication type is updated 2997 */ 2998 enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed { 2999 UPDATE_ASSOC_IES = BIT(0), 3000 UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO = BIT(1), 3001 UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE = BIT(2), 3002 }; 3003 3004 /** 3005 * enum wiphy_params_flags - set_wiphy_params bitfield values 3006 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT: wiphy->retry_short has changed 3007 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG: wiphy->retry_long has changed 3008 * @WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD: wiphy->frag_threshold has changed 3009 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD: wiphy->rts_threshold has changed 3010 * @WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS: coverage class changed 3011 * @WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK: dynack has been enabled 3012 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_LIMIT: TXQ packet limit has been changed 3013 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: TXQ memory limit has been changed 3014 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum 3015 */ 3016 enum wiphy_params_flags { 3017 WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT = 1 << 0, 3018 WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG = 1 << 1, 3019 WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD = 1 << 2, 3020 WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD = 1 << 3, 3021 WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS = 1 << 4, 3022 WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK = 1 << 5, 3023 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_LIMIT = 1 << 6, 3024 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT = 1 << 7, 3025 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_QUANTUM = 1 << 8, 3026 }; 3027 3028 #define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AIRTIME_WEIGHT 256 3029 3030 /* The per TXQ device queue limit in airtime */ 3031 #define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AQL_TXQ_LIMIT_L 5000 3032 #define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AQL_TXQ_LIMIT_H 12000 3033 3034 /* The per interface airtime threshold to switch to lower queue limit */ 3035 #define IEEE80211_AQL_THRESHOLD 24000 3036 3037 /** 3038 * struct cfg80211_pmksa - PMK Security Association 3039 * 3040 * This structure is passed to the set/del_pmksa() method for PMKSA 3041 * caching. 3042 * 3043 * @bssid: The AP's BSSID (may be %NULL). 3044 * @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA. 3045 * @pmk: The PMK for the PMKSA identified by @pmkid. This is used for key 3046 * derivation by a FILS STA. Otherwise, %NULL. 3047 * @pmk_len: Length of the @pmk. The length of @pmk can differ depending on 3048 * the hash algorithm used to generate this. 3049 * @ssid: SSID to specify the ESS within which a PMKSA is valid when using FILS 3050 * cache identifier (may be %NULL). 3051 * @ssid_len: Length of the @ssid in octets. 3052 * @cache_id: 2-octet cache identifier advertized by a FILS AP identifying the 3053 * scope of PMKSA. This is valid only if @ssid_len is non-zero (may be 3054 * %NULL). 3055 * @pmk_lifetime: Maximum lifetime for PMKSA in seconds 3056 * (dot11RSNAConfigPMKLifetime) or 0 if not specified. 3057 * The configured PMKSA must not be used for PMKSA caching after 3058 * expiration and any keys derived from this PMK become invalid on 3059 * expiration, i.e., the current association must be dropped if the PMK 3060 * used for it expires. 3061 * @pmk_reauth_threshold: Threshold time for reauthentication (percentage of 3062 * PMK lifetime, dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold) or 0 if not specified. 3063 * Drivers are expected to trigger a full authentication instead of using 3064 * this PMKSA for caching when reassociating to a new BSS after this 3065 * threshold to generate a new PMK before the current one expires. 3066 */ 3067 struct cfg80211_pmksa { 3068 const u8 *bssid; 3069 const u8 *pmkid; 3070 const u8 *pmk; 3071 size_t pmk_len; 3072 const u8 *ssid; 3073 size_t ssid_len; 3074 const u8 *cache_id; 3075 u32 pmk_lifetime; 3076 u8 pmk_reauth_threshold; 3077 }; 3078 3079 /** 3080 * struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern - packet pattern 3081 * @mask: bitmask where to match pattern and where to ignore bytes, 3082 * one bit per byte, in same format as nl80211 3083 * @pattern: bytes to match where bitmask is 1 3084 * @pattern_len: length of pattern (in bytes) 3085 * @pkt_offset: packet offset (in bytes) 3086 * 3087 * Internal note: @mask and @pattern are allocated in one chunk of 3088 * memory, free @mask only! 3089 */ 3090 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern { 3091 const u8 *mask, *pattern; 3092 int pattern_len; 3093 int pkt_offset; 3094 }; 3095 3096 /** 3097 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp - TCP connection parameters 3098 * 3099 * @sock: (internal) socket for source port allocation 3100 * @src: source IP address 3101 * @dst: destination IP address 3102 * @dst_mac: destination MAC address 3103 * @src_port: source port 3104 * @dst_port: destination port 3105 * @payload_len: data payload length 3106 * @payload: data payload buffer 3107 * @payload_seq: payload sequence stamping configuration 3108 * @data_interval: interval at which to send data packets 3109 * @wake_len: wakeup payload match length 3110 * @wake_data: wakeup payload match data 3111 * @wake_mask: wakeup payload match mask 3112 * @tokens_size: length of the tokens buffer 3113 * @payload_tok: payload token usage configuration 3114 */ 3115 struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp { 3116 struct socket *sock; 3117 __be32 src, dst; 3118 u16 src_port, dst_port; 3119 u8 dst_mac[ETH_ALEN]; 3120 int payload_len; 3121 const u8 *payload; 3122 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq payload_seq; 3123 u32 data_interval; 3124 u32 wake_len; 3125 const u8 *wake_data, *wake_mask; 3126 u32 tokens_size; 3127 /* must be last, variable member */ 3128 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token payload_tok; 3129 }; 3130 3131 /** 3132 * struct cfg80211_wowlan - Wake on Wireless-LAN support info 3133 * 3134 * This structure defines the enabled WoWLAN triggers for the device. 3135 * @any: wake up on any activity -- special trigger if device continues 3136 * operating as normal during suspend 3137 * @disconnect: wake up if getting disconnected 3138 * @magic_pkt: wake up on receiving magic packet 3139 * @patterns: wake up on receiving packet matching a pattern 3140 * @n_patterns: number of patterns 3141 * @gtk_rekey_failure: wake up on GTK rekey failure 3142 * @eap_identity_req: wake up on EAP identity request packet 3143 * @four_way_handshake: wake up on 4-way handshake 3144 * @rfkill_release: wake up when rfkill is released 3145 * @tcp: TCP connection establishment/wakeup parameters, see nl80211.h. 3146 * NULL if not configured. 3147 * @nd_config: configuration for the scan to be used for net detect wake. 3148 */ 3149 struct cfg80211_wowlan { 3150 bool any, disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure, 3151 eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake, 3152 rfkill_release; 3153 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns; 3154 struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp *tcp; 3155 int n_patterns; 3156 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *nd_config; 3157 }; 3158 3159 /** 3160 * struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules - Coalesce rule parameters 3161 * 3162 * This structure defines coalesce rule for the device. 3163 * @delay: maximum coalescing delay in msecs. 3164 * @condition: condition for packet coalescence. 3165 * see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition. 3166 * @patterns: array of packet patterns 3167 * @n_patterns: number of patterns 3168 */ 3169 struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules { 3170 int delay; 3171 enum nl80211_coalesce_condition condition; 3172 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns; 3173 int n_patterns; 3174 }; 3175 3176 /** 3177 * struct cfg80211_coalesce - Packet coalescing settings 3178 * 3179 * This structure defines coalescing settings. 3180 * @rules: array of coalesce rules 3181 * @n_rules: number of rules 3182 */ 3183 struct cfg80211_coalesce { 3184 struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules *rules; 3185 int n_rules; 3186 }; 3187 3188 /** 3189 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match - information about the match 3190 * 3191 * @ssid: SSID of the match that triggered the wake up 3192 * @n_channels: Number of channels where the match occurred. This 3193 * value may be zero if the driver can't report the channels. 3194 * @channels: center frequencies of the channels where a match 3195 * occurred (in MHz) 3196 */ 3197 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match { 3198 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; 3199 int n_channels; 3200 u32 channels[]; 3201 }; 3202 3203 /** 3204 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info - net detect wake up information 3205 * 3206 * @n_matches: Number of match information instances provided in 3207 * @matches. This value may be zero if the driver can't provide 3208 * match information. 3209 * @matches: Array of pointers to matches containing information about 3210 * the matches that triggered the wake up. 3211 */ 3212 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info { 3213 int n_matches; 3214 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match *matches[]; 3215 }; 3216 3217 /** 3218 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup - wakeup report 3219 * @disconnect: woke up by getting disconnected 3220 * @magic_pkt: woke up by receiving magic packet 3221 * @gtk_rekey_failure: woke up by GTK rekey failure 3222 * @eap_identity_req: woke up by EAP identity request packet 3223 * @four_way_handshake: woke up by 4-way handshake 3224 * @rfkill_release: woke up by rfkill being released 3225 * @pattern_idx: pattern that caused wakeup, -1 if not due to pattern 3226 * @packet_present_len: copied wakeup packet data 3227 * @packet_len: original wakeup packet length 3228 * @packet: The packet causing the wakeup, if any. 3229 * @packet_80211: For pattern match, magic packet and other data 3230 * frame triggers an 802.3 frame should be reported, for 3231 * disconnect due to deauth 802.11 frame. This indicates which 3232 * it is. 3233 * @tcp_match: TCP wakeup packet received 3234 * @tcp_connlost: TCP connection lost or failed to establish 3235 * @tcp_nomoretokens: TCP data ran out of tokens 3236 * @net_detect: if not %NULL, woke up because of net detect 3237 */ 3238 struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup { 3239 bool disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure, 3240 eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake, 3241 rfkill_release, packet_80211, 3242 tcp_match, tcp_connlost, tcp_nomoretokens; 3243 s32 pattern_idx; 3244 u32 packet_present_len, packet_len; 3245 const void *packet; 3246 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info *net_detect; 3247 }; 3248 3249 /** 3250 * struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data - rekey data 3251 * @kek: key encryption key (@kek_len bytes) 3252 * @kck: key confirmation key (@kck_len bytes) 3253 * @replay_ctr: replay counter (NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN bytes) 3254 * @kek_len: length of kek 3255 * @kck_len length of kck 3256 * @akm: akm (oui, id) 3257 */ 3258 struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data { 3259 const u8 *kek, *kck, *replay_ctr; 3260 u32 akm; 3261 u8 kek_len, kck_len; 3262 }; 3263 3264 /** 3265 * struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params - FT IE Information 3266 * 3267 * This structure provides information needed to update the fast transition IE 3268 * 3269 * @md: The Mobility Domain ID, 2 Octet value 3270 * @ie: Fast Transition IEs 3271 * @ie_len: Length of ft_ie in octets 3272 */ 3273 struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params { 3274 u16 md; 3275 const u8 *ie; 3276 size_t ie_len; 3277 }; 3278 3279 /** 3280 * struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params - mgmt tx parameters 3281 * 3282 * This structure provides information needed to transmit a mgmt frame 3283 * 3284 * @chan: channel to use 3285 * @offchan: indicates wether off channel operation is required 3286 * @wait: duration for ROC 3287 * @buf: buffer to transmit 3288 * @len: buffer length 3289 * @no_cck: don't use cck rates for this frame 3290 * @dont_wait_for_ack: tells the low level not to wait for an ack 3291 * @n_csa_offsets: length of csa_offsets array 3292 * @csa_offsets: array of all the csa offsets in the frame 3293 */ 3294 struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params { 3295 struct ieee80211_channel *chan; 3296 bool offchan; 3297 unsigned int wait; 3298 const u8 *buf; 3299 size_t len; 3300 bool no_cck; 3301 bool dont_wait_for_ack; 3302 int n_csa_offsets; 3303 const u16 *csa_offsets; 3304 }; 3305 3306 /** 3307 * struct cfg80211_dscp_exception - DSCP exception 3308 * 3309 * @dscp: DSCP value that does not adhere to the user priority range definition 3310 * @up: user priority value to which the corresponding DSCP value belongs 3311 */ 3312 struct cfg80211_dscp_exception { 3313 u8 dscp; 3314 u8 up; 3315 }; 3316 3317 /** 3318 * struct cfg80211_dscp_range - DSCP range definition for user priority 3319 * 3320 * @low: lowest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive 3321 * @high: highest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive 3322 */ 3323 struct cfg80211_dscp_range { 3324 u8 low; 3325 u8 high; 3326 }; 3327 3328 /* QoS Map Set element length defined in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97 */ 3329 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX 21 3330 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN 16 3331 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MAX \ 3332 (IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN + 2 * IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX) 3333 3334 /** 3335 * struct cfg80211_qos_map - QoS Map Information 3336 * 3337 * This struct defines the Interworking QoS map setting for DSCP values 3338 * 3339 * @num_des: number of DSCP exceptions (0..21) 3340 * @dscp_exception: optionally up to maximum of 21 DSCP exceptions from 3341 * the user priority DSCP range definition 3342 * @up: DSCP range definition for a particular user priority 3343 */ 3344 struct cfg80211_qos_map { 3345 u8 num_des; 3346 struct cfg80211_dscp_exception dscp_exception[IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX]; 3347 struct cfg80211_dscp_range up[8]; 3348 }; 3349 3350 /** 3351 * struct cfg80211_nan_conf - NAN configuration 3352 * 3353 * This struct defines NAN configuration parameters 3354 * 3355 * @master_pref: master preference (1 - 255) 3356 * @bands: operating bands, a bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values. 3357 * For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set 3358 * (i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)). 3359 */ 3360 struct cfg80211_nan_conf { 3361 u8 master_pref; 3362 u8 bands; 3363 }; 3364 3365 /** 3366 * enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes - indicates changed fields in NAN 3367 * configuration 3368 * 3369 * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF: master preference 3370 * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS: operating bands 3371 */ 3372 enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes { 3373 CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF = BIT(0), 3374 CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS = BIT(1), 3375 }; 3376 3377 /** 3378 * struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter - a NAN function Rx / Tx filter 3379 * 3380 * @filter: the content of the filter 3381 * @len: the length of the filter 3382 */ 3383 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter { 3384 const u8 *filter; 3385 u8 len; 3386 }; 3387 3388 /** 3389 * struct cfg80211_nan_func - a NAN function 3390 * 3391 * @type: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type 3392 * @service_id: the service ID of the function 3393 * @publish_type: &nl80211_nan_publish_type 3394 * @close_range: if true, the range should be limited. Threshold is 3395 * implementation specific. 3396 * @publish_bcast: if true, the solicited publish should be broadcasted 3397 * @subscribe_active: if true, the subscribe is active 3398 * @followup_id: the instance ID for follow up 3399 * @followup_reqid: the requestor instance ID for follow up 3400 * @followup_dest: MAC address of the recipient of the follow up 3401 * @ttl: time to live counter in DW. 3402 * @serv_spec_info: Service Specific Info 3403 * @serv_spec_info_len: Service Specific Info length 3404 * @srf_include: if true, SRF is inclusive 3405 * @srf_bf: Bloom Filter 3406 * @srf_bf_len: Bloom Filter length 3407 * @srf_bf_idx: Bloom Filter index 3408 * @srf_macs: SRF MAC addresses 3409 * @srf_num_macs: number of MAC addresses in SRF 3410 * @rx_filters: rx filters that are matched with corresponding peer's tx_filter 3411 * @tx_filters: filters that should be transmitted in the SDF. 3412 * @num_rx_filters: length of &rx_filters. 3413 * @num_tx_filters: length of &tx_filters. 3414 * @instance_id: driver allocated id of the function. 3415 * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier. 3416 */ 3417 struct cfg80211_nan_func { 3418 enum nl80211_nan_function_type type; 3419 u8 service_id[NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN]; 3420 u8 publish_type; 3421 bool close_range; 3422 bool publish_bcast; 3423 bool subscribe_active; 3424 u8 followup_id; 3425 u8 followup_reqid; 3426 struct mac_address followup_dest; 3427 u32 ttl; 3428 const u8 *serv_spec_info; 3429 u8 serv_spec_info_len; 3430 bool srf_include; 3431 const u8 *srf_bf; 3432 u8 srf_bf_len; 3433 u8 srf_bf_idx; 3434 struct mac_address *srf_macs; 3435 int srf_num_macs; 3436 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *rx_filters; 3437 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *tx_filters; 3438 u8 num_tx_filters; 3439 u8 num_rx_filters; 3440 u8 instance_id; 3441 u64 cookie; 3442 }; 3443 3444 /** 3445 * struct cfg80211_pmk_conf - PMK configuration 3446 * 3447 * @aa: authenticator address 3448 * @pmk_len: PMK length in bytes. 3449 * @pmk: the PMK material 3450 * @pmk_r0_name: PMK-R0 Name. NULL if not applicable (i.e., the PMK 3451 * is not PMK-R0). When pmk_r0_name is not NULL, the pmk field 3452 * holds PMK-R0. 3453 */ 3454 struct cfg80211_pmk_conf { 3455 const u8 *aa; 3456 u8 pmk_len; 3457 const u8 *pmk; 3458 const u8 *pmk_r0_name; 3459 }; 3460 3461 /** 3462 * struct cfg80211_external_auth_params - Trigger External authentication. 3463 * 3464 * Commonly used across the external auth request and event interfaces. 3465 * 3466 * @action: action type / trigger for external authentication. Only significant 3467 * for the authentication request event interface (driver to user space). 3468 * @bssid: BSSID of the peer with which the authentication has 3469 * to happen. Used by both the authentication request event and 3470 * authentication response command interface. 3471 * @ssid: SSID of the AP. Used by both the authentication request event and 3472 * authentication response command interface. 3473 * @key_mgmt_suite: AKM suite of the respective authentication. Used by the 3474 * authentication request event interface. 3475 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful authentication, 3476 * use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if user space cannot give you 3477 * the real status code for failures. Used only for the authentication 3478 * response command interface (user space to driver). 3479 * @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA. 3480 */ 3481 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params { 3482 enum nl80211_external_auth_action action; 3483 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3484 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; 3485 unsigned int key_mgmt_suite; 3486 u16 status; 3487 const u8 *pmkid; 3488 }; 3489 3490 /** 3491 * struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics 3492 * 3493 * @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_ftm_stats to 3494 * indicate the relevant values in this struct for them 3495 * @success_num: number of FTM sessions in which all frames were successfully 3496 * answered 3497 * @partial_num: number of FTM sessions in which part of frames were 3498 * successfully answered 3499 * @failed_num: number of failed FTM sessions 3500 * @asap_num: number of ASAP FTM sessions 3501 * @non_asap_num: number of non-ASAP FTM sessions 3502 * @total_duration_ms: total sessions durations - gives an indication 3503 * of how much time the responder was busy 3504 * @unknown_triggers_num: number of unknown FTM triggers - triggers from 3505 * initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation phase with 3506 * the responder 3507 * @reschedule_requests_num: number of FTM reschedule requests - initiator asks 3508 * for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled FTM slot 3509 * @out_of_window_triggers_num: total FTM triggers out of scheduled window 3510 */ 3511 struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats { 3512 u32 filled; 3513 u32 success_num; 3514 u32 partial_num; 3515 u32 failed_num; 3516 u32 asap_num; 3517 u32 non_asap_num; 3518 u64 total_duration_ms; 3519 u32 unknown_triggers_num; 3520 u32 reschedule_requests_num; 3521 u32 out_of_window_triggers_num; 3522 }; 3523 3524 /** 3525 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result - FTM result 3526 * @failure_reason: if this measurement failed (PMSR status is 3527 * %NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE), this gives a more precise 3528 * reason than just "failure" 3529 * @burst_index: if reporting partial results, this is the index 3530 * in [0 .. num_bursts-1] of the burst that's being reported 3531 * @num_ftmr_attempts: number of FTM request frames transmitted 3532 * @num_ftmr_successes: number of FTM request frames acked 3533 * @busy_retry_time: if failure_reason is %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY, 3534 * fill this to indicate in how many seconds a retry is deemed possible 3535 * by the responder 3536 * @num_bursts_exp: actual number of bursts exponent negotiated 3537 * @burst_duration: actual burst duration negotiated 3538 * @ftms_per_burst: actual FTMs per burst negotiated 3539 * @lci_len: length of LCI information (if present) 3540 * @civicloc_len: length of civic location information (if present) 3541 * @lci: LCI data (may be %NULL) 3542 * @civicloc: civic location data (may be %NULL) 3543 * @rssi_avg: average RSSI over FTM action frames reported 3544 * @rssi_spread: spread of the RSSI over FTM action frames reported 3545 * @tx_rate: bitrate for transmitted FTM action frame response 3546 * @rx_rate: bitrate of received FTM action frame 3547 * @rtt_avg: average of RTTs measured (must have either this or @dist_avg) 3548 * @rtt_variance: variance of RTTs measured (note that standard deviation is 3549 * the square root of the variance) 3550 * @rtt_spread: spread of the RTTs measured 3551 * @dist_avg: average of distances (mm) measured 3552 * (must have either this or @rtt_avg) 3553 * @dist_variance: variance of distances measured (see also @rtt_variance) 3554 * @dist_spread: spread of distances measured (see also @rtt_spread) 3555 * @num_ftmr_attempts_valid: @num_ftmr_attempts is valid 3556 * @num_ftmr_successes_valid: @num_ftmr_successes is valid 3557 * @rssi_avg_valid: @rssi_avg is valid 3558 * @rssi_spread_valid: @rssi_spread is valid 3559 * @tx_rate_valid: @tx_rate is valid 3560 * @rx_rate_valid: @rx_rate is valid 3561 * @rtt_avg_valid: @rtt_avg is valid 3562 * @rtt_variance_valid: @rtt_variance is valid 3563 * @rtt_spread_valid: @rtt_spread is valid 3564 * @dist_avg_valid: @dist_avg is valid 3565 * @dist_variance_valid: @dist_variance is valid 3566 * @dist_spread_valid: @dist_spread is valid 3567 */ 3568 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result { 3569 const u8 *lci; 3570 const u8 *civicloc; 3571 unsigned int lci_len; 3572 unsigned int civicloc_len; 3573 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons failure_reason; 3574 u32 num_ftmr_attempts, num_ftmr_successes; 3575 s16 burst_index; 3576 u8 busy_retry_time; 3577 u8 num_bursts_exp; 3578 u8 burst_duration; 3579 u8 ftms_per_burst; 3580 s32 rssi_avg; 3581 s32 rssi_spread; 3582 struct rate_info tx_rate, rx_rate; 3583 s64 rtt_avg; 3584 s64 rtt_variance; 3585 s64 rtt_spread; 3586 s64 dist_avg; 3587 s64 dist_variance; 3588 s64 dist_spread; 3589 3590 u16 num_ftmr_attempts_valid:1, 3591 num_ftmr_successes_valid:1, 3592 rssi_avg_valid:1, 3593 rssi_spread_valid:1, 3594 tx_rate_valid:1, 3595 rx_rate_valid:1, 3596 rtt_avg_valid:1, 3597 rtt_variance_valid:1, 3598 rtt_spread_valid:1, 3599 dist_avg_valid:1, 3600 dist_variance_valid:1, 3601 dist_spread_valid:1; 3602 }; 3603 3604 /** 3605 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_result - peer measurement result 3606 * @addr: address of the peer 3607 * @host_time: host time (use ktime_get_boottime() adjust to the time when the 3608 * measurement was made) 3609 * @ap_tsf: AP's TSF at measurement time 3610 * @status: status of the measurement 3611 * @final: if reporting partial results, mark this as the last one; if not 3612 * reporting partial results always set this flag 3613 * @ap_tsf_valid: indicates the @ap_tsf value is valid 3614 * @type: type of the measurement reported, note that we only support reporting 3615 * one type at a time, but you can report multiple results separately and 3616 * they're all aggregated for userspace. 3617 */ 3618 struct cfg80211_pmsr_result { 3619 u64 host_time, ap_tsf; 3620 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status status; 3621 3622 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; 3623 3624 u8 final:1, 3625 ap_tsf_valid:1; 3626 3627 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type type; 3628 3629 union { 3630 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result ftm; 3631 }; 3632 }; 3633 3634 /** 3635 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer - FTM request data 3636 * @requested: indicates FTM is requested 3637 * @preamble: frame preamble to use 3638 * @burst_period: burst period to use 3639 * @asap: indicates to use ASAP mode 3640 * @num_bursts_exp: number of bursts exponent 3641 * @burst_duration: burst duration 3642 * @ftms_per_burst: number of FTMs per burst 3643 * @ftmr_retries: number of retries for FTM request 3644 * @request_lci: request LCI information 3645 * @request_civicloc: request civic location information 3646 * @trigger_based: use trigger based ranging for the measurement 3647 * If neither @trigger_based nor @non_trigger_based is set, 3648 * EDCA based ranging will be used. 3649 * @non_trigger_based: use non trigger based ranging for the measurement 3650 * If neither @trigger_based nor @non_trigger_based is set, 3651 * EDCA based ranging will be used. 3652 * @lmr_feedback: negotiate for I2R LMR feedback. Only valid if either 3653 * @trigger_based or @non_trigger_based is set. 3654 * @bss_color: the bss color of the responder. Optional. Set to zero to 3655 * indicate the driver should set the BSS color. Only valid if 3656 * @non_trigger_based or @trigger_based is set. 3657 * 3658 * See also nl80211 for the respective attribute documentation. 3659 */ 3660 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer { 3661 enum nl80211_preamble preamble; 3662 u16 burst_period; 3663 u8 requested:1, 3664 asap:1, 3665 request_lci:1, 3666 request_civicloc:1, 3667 trigger_based:1, 3668 non_trigger_based:1, 3669 lmr_feedback:1; 3670 u8 num_bursts_exp; 3671 u8 burst_duration; 3672 u8 ftms_per_burst; 3673 u8 ftmr_retries; 3674 u8 bss_color; 3675 }; 3676 3677 /** 3678 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer - peer data for a peer measurement request 3679 * @addr: MAC address 3680 * @chandef: channel to use 3681 * @report_ap_tsf: report the associated AP's TSF 3682 * @ftm: FTM data, see &struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer 3683 */ 3684 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer { 3685 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; 3686 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 3687 u8 report_ap_tsf:1; 3688 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer ftm; 3689 }; 3690 3691 /** 3692 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_request - peer measurement request 3693 * @cookie: cookie, set by cfg80211 3694 * @nl_portid: netlink portid - used by cfg80211 3695 * @drv_data: driver data for this request, if required for aborting, 3696 * not otherwise freed or anything by cfg80211 3697 * @mac_addr: MAC address used for (randomised) request 3698 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used for randomisation, bits that 3699 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should 3700 * be taken from the @mac_addr 3701 * @list: used by cfg80211 to hold on to the request 3702 * @timeout: timeout (in milliseconds) for the whole operation, if 3703 * zero it means there's no timeout 3704 * @n_peers: number of peers to do measurements with 3705 * @peers: per-peer measurement request data 3706 */ 3707 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request { 3708 u64 cookie; 3709 void *drv_data; 3710 u32 n_peers; 3711 u32 nl_portid; 3712 3713 u32 timeout; 3714 3715 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3716 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3717 3718 struct list_head list; 3719 3720 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer peers[]; 3721 }; 3722 3723 /** 3724 * struct cfg80211_update_owe_info - OWE Information 3725 * 3726 * This structure provides information needed for the drivers to offload OWE 3727 * (Opportunistic Wireless Encryption) processing to the user space. 3728 * 3729 * Commonly used across update_owe_info request and event interfaces. 3730 * 3731 * @peer: MAC address of the peer device for which the OWE processing 3732 * has to be done. 3733 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful OWE info 3734 * processing, use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if user space 3735 * cannot give you the real status code for failures. Used only for 3736 * OWE update request command interface (user space to driver). 3737 * @ie: IEs obtained from the peer or constructed by the user space. These are 3738 * the IEs of the remote peer in the event from the host driver and 3739 * the constructed IEs by the user space in the request interface. 3740 * @ie_len: Length of IEs in octets. 3741 */ 3742 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info { 3743 u8 peer[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3744 u16 status; 3745 const u8 *ie; 3746 size_t ie_len; 3747 }; 3748 3749 /** 3750 * struct mgmt_frame_regs - management frame registrations data 3751 * @global_stypes: bitmap of management frame subtypes registered 3752 * for the entire device 3753 * @interface_stypes: bitmap of management frame subtypes registered 3754 * for the given interface 3755 * @global_mcast_rx: mcast RX is needed globally for these subtypes 3756 * @interface_mcast_stypes: mcast RX is needed on this interface 3757 * for these subtypes 3758 */ 3759 struct mgmt_frame_regs { 3760 u32 global_stypes, interface_stypes; 3761 u32 global_mcast_stypes, interface_mcast_stypes; 3762 }; 3763 3764 /** 3765 * struct cfg80211_ops - backend description for wireless configuration 3766 * 3767 * This struct is registered by fullmac card drivers and/or wireless stacks 3768 * in order to handle configuration requests on their interfaces. 3769 * 3770 * All callbacks except where otherwise noted should return 0 3771 * on success or a negative error code. 3772 * 3773 * All operations are invoked with the wiphy mutex held. The RTNL may be 3774 * held in addition (due to wireless extensions) but this cannot be relied 3775 * upon except in cases where documented below. Note that due to ordering, 3776 * the RTNL also cannot be acquired in any handlers. 3777 * 3778 * @suspend: wiphy device needs to be suspended. The variable @wow will 3779 * be %NULL or contain the enabled Wake-on-Wireless triggers that are 3780 * configured for the device. 3781 * @resume: wiphy device needs to be resumed 3782 * @set_wakeup: Called when WoWLAN is enabled/disabled, use this callback 3783 * to call device_set_wakeup_enable() to enable/disable wakeup from 3784 * the device. 3785 * 3786 * @add_virtual_intf: create a new virtual interface with the given name, 3787 * must set the struct wireless_dev's iftype. Beware: You must create 3788 * the new netdev in the wiphy's network namespace! Returns the struct 3789 * wireless_dev, or an ERR_PTR. For P2P device wdevs, the driver must 3790 * also set the address member in the wdev. 3791 * This additionally holds the RTNL to be able to do netdev changes. 3792 * 3793 * @del_virtual_intf: remove the virtual interface 3794 * This additionally holds the RTNL to be able to do netdev changes. 3795 * 3796 * @change_virtual_intf: change type/configuration of virtual interface, 3797 * keep the struct wireless_dev's iftype updated. 3798 * This additionally holds the RTNL to be able to do netdev changes. 3799 * 3800 * @add_key: add a key with the given parameters. @mac_addr will be %NULL 3801 * when adding a group key. 3802 * 3803 * @get_key: get information about the key with the given parameters. 3804 * @mac_addr will be %NULL when requesting information for a group 3805 * key. All pointers given to the @callback function need not be valid 3806 * after it returns. This function should return an error if it is 3807 * not possible to retrieve the key, -ENOENT if it doesn't exist. 3808 * 3809 * @del_key: remove a key given the @mac_addr (%NULL for a group key) 3810 * and @key_index, return -ENOENT if the key doesn't exist. 3811 * 3812 * @set_default_key: set the default key on an interface 3813 * 3814 * @set_default_mgmt_key: set the default management frame key on an interface 3815 * 3816 * @set_default_beacon_key: set the default Beacon frame key on an interface 3817 * 3818 * @set_rekey_data: give the data necessary for GTK rekeying to the driver 3819 * 3820 * @start_ap: Start acting in AP mode defined by the parameters. 3821 * @change_beacon: Change the beacon parameters for an access point mode 3822 * interface. This should reject the call when AP mode wasn't started. 3823 * @stop_ap: Stop being an AP, including stopping beaconing. 3824 * 3825 * @add_station: Add a new station. 3826 * @del_station: Remove a station 3827 * @change_station: Modify a given station. Note that flags changes are not much 3828 * validated in cfg80211, in particular the auth/assoc/authorized flags 3829 * might come to the driver in invalid combinations -- make sure to check 3830 * them, also against the existing state! Drivers must call 3831 * cfg80211_check_station_change() to validate the information. 3832 * @get_station: get station information for the station identified by @mac 3833 * @dump_station: dump station callback -- resume dump at index @idx 3834 * 3835 * @add_mpath: add a fixed mesh path 3836 * @del_mpath: delete a given mesh path 3837 * @change_mpath: change a given mesh path 3838 * @get_mpath: get a mesh path for the given parameters 3839 * @dump_mpath: dump mesh path callback -- resume dump at index @idx 3840 * @get_mpp: get a mesh proxy path for the given parameters 3841 * @dump_mpp: dump mesh proxy path callback -- resume dump at index @idx 3842 * @join_mesh: join the mesh network with the specified parameters 3843 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3844 * @leave_mesh: leave the current mesh network 3845 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3846 * 3847 * @get_mesh_config: Get the current mesh configuration 3848 * 3849 * @update_mesh_config: Update mesh parameters on a running mesh. 3850 * The mask is a bitfield which tells us which parameters to 3851 * set, and which to leave alone. 3852 * 3853 * @change_bss: Modify parameters for a given BSS. 3854 * 3855 * @set_txq_params: Set TX queue parameters 3856 * 3857 * @libertas_set_mesh_channel: Only for backward compatibility for libertas, 3858 * as it doesn't implement join_mesh and needs to set the channel to 3859 * join the mesh instead. 3860 * 3861 * @set_monitor_channel: Set the monitor mode channel for the device. If other 3862 * interfaces are active this callback should reject the configuration. 3863 * If no interfaces are active or the device is down, the channel should 3864 * be stored for when a monitor interface becomes active. 3865 * 3866 * @scan: Request to do a scan. If returning zero, the scan request is given 3867 * the driver, and will be valid until passed to cfg80211_scan_done(). 3868 * For scan results, call cfg80211_inform_bss(); you can call this outside 3869 * the scan/scan_done bracket too. 3870 * @abort_scan: Tell the driver to abort an ongoing scan. The driver shall 3871 * indicate the status of the scan through cfg80211_scan_done(). 3872 * 3873 * @auth: Request to authenticate with the specified peer 3874 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3875 * @assoc: Request to (re)associate with the specified peer 3876 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3877 * @deauth: Request to deauthenticate from the specified peer 3878 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3879 * @disassoc: Request to disassociate from the specified peer 3880 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3881 * 3882 * @connect: Connect to the ESS with the specified parameters. When connected, 3883 * call cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with status code 3884 * %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS. If the connection fails for some reason, call 3885 * cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with the status code 3886 * from the AP or cfg80211_connect_timeout() if no frame with status code 3887 * was received. 3888 * The driver is allowed to roam to other BSSes within the ESS when the 3889 * other BSS matches the connect parameters. When such roaming is initiated 3890 * by the driver, the driver is expected to verify that the target matches 3891 * the configured security parameters and to use Reassociation Request 3892 * frame instead of Association Request frame. 3893 * The connect function can also be used to request the driver to perform a 3894 * specific roam when connected to an ESS. In that case, the prev_bssid 3895 * parameter is set to the BSSID of the currently associated BSS as an 3896 * indication of requesting reassociation. 3897 * In both the driver-initiated and new connect() call initiated roaming 3898 * cases, the result of roaming is indicated with a call to 3899 * cfg80211_roamed(). (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3900 * @update_connect_params: Update the connect parameters while connected to a 3901 * BSS. The updated parameters can be used by driver/firmware for 3902 * subsequent BSS selection (roaming) decisions and to form the 3903 * Authentication/(Re)Association Request frames. This call does not 3904 * request an immediate disassociation or reassociation with the current 3905 * BSS, i.e., this impacts only subsequent (re)associations. The bits in 3906 * changed are defined in &enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed. 3907 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3908 * @disconnect: Disconnect from the BSS/ESS or stop connection attempts if 3909 * connection is in progress. Once done, call cfg80211_disconnected() in 3910 * case connection was already established (invoked with the 3911 * wireless_dev mutex held), otherwise call cfg80211_connect_timeout(). 3912 * 3913 * @join_ibss: Join the specified IBSS (or create if necessary). Once done, call 3914 * cfg80211_ibss_joined(), also call that function when changing BSSID due 3915 * to a merge. 3916 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3917 * @leave_ibss: Leave the IBSS. 3918 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3919 * 3920 * @set_mcast_rate: Set the specified multicast rate (only if vif is in ADHOC or 3921 * MESH mode) 3922 * 3923 * @set_wiphy_params: Notify that wiphy parameters have changed; 3924 * @changed bitfield (see &enum wiphy_params_flags) describes which values 3925 * have changed. The actual parameter values are available in 3926 * struct wiphy. If returning an error, no value should be changed. 3927 * 3928 * @set_tx_power: set the transmit power according to the parameters, 3929 * the power passed is in mBm, to get dBm use MBM_TO_DBM(). The 3930 * wdev may be %NULL if power was set for the wiphy, and will 3931 * always be %NULL unless the driver supports per-vif TX power 3932 * (as advertised by the nl80211 feature flag.) 3933 * @get_tx_power: store the current TX power into the dbm variable; 3934 * return 0 if successful 3935 * 3936 * @rfkill_poll: polls the hw rfkill line, use cfg80211 reporting 3937 * functions to adjust rfkill hw state 3938 * 3939 * @dump_survey: get site survey information. 3940 * 3941 * @remain_on_channel: Request the driver to remain awake on the specified 3942 * channel for the specified duration to complete an off-channel 3943 * operation (e.g., public action frame exchange). When the driver is 3944 * ready on the requested channel, it must indicate this with an event 3945 * notification by calling cfg80211_ready_on_channel(). 3946 * @cancel_remain_on_channel: Cancel an on-going remain-on-channel operation. 3947 * This allows the operation to be terminated prior to timeout based on 3948 * the duration value. 3949 * @mgmt_tx: Transmit a management frame. 3950 * @mgmt_tx_cancel_wait: Cancel the wait time from transmitting a management 3951 * frame on another channel 3952 * 3953 * @testmode_cmd: run a test mode command; @wdev may be %NULL 3954 * @testmode_dump: Implement a test mode dump. The cb->args[2] and up may be 3955 * used by the function, but 0 and 1 must not be touched. Additionally, 3956 * return error codes other than -ENOBUFS and -ENOENT will terminate the 3957 * dump and return to userspace with an error, so be careful. If any data 3958 * was passed in from userspace then the data/len arguments will be present 3959 * and point to the data contained in %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA. 3960 * 3961 * @set_bitrate_mask: set the bitrate mask configuration 3962 * 3963 * @set_pmksa: Cache a PMKID for a BSSID. This is mostly useful for fullmac 3964 * devices running firmwares capable of generating the (re) association 3965 * RSN IE. It allows for faster roaming between WPA2 BSSIDs. 3966 * @del_pmksa: Delete a cached PMKID. 3967 * @flush_pmksa: Flush all cached PMKIDs. 3968 * @set_power_mgmt: Configure WLAN power management. A timeout value of -1 3969 * allows the driver to adjust the dynamic ps timeout value. 3970 * @set_cqm_rssi_config: Configure connection quality monitor RSSI threshold. 3971 * After configuration, the driver should (soon) send an event indicating 3972 * the current level is above/below the configured threshold; this may 3973 * need some care when the configuration is changed (without first being 3974 * disabled.) 3975 * @set_cqm_rssi_range_config: Configure two RSSI thresholds in the 3976 * connection quality monitor. An event is to be sent only when the 3977 * signal level is found to be outside the two values. The driver should 3978 * set %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST if this method is implemented. 3979 * If it is provided then there's no point providing @set_cqm_rssi_config. 3980 * @set_cqm_txe_config: Configure connection quality monitor TX error 3981 * thresholds. 3982 * @sched_scan_start: Tell the driver to start a scheduled scan. 3983 * @sched_scan_stop: Tell the driver to stop an ongoing scheduled scan with 3984 * given request id. This call must stop the scheduled scan and be ready 3985 * for starting a new one before it returns, i.e. @sched_scan_start may be 3986 * called immediately after that again and should not fail in that case. 3987 * The driver should not call cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped() for a requested 3988 * stop (when this method returns 0). 3989 * 3990 * @update_mgmt_frame_registrations: Notify the driver that management frame 3991 * registrations were updated. The callback is allowed to sleep. 3992 * 3993 * @set_antenna: Set antenna configuration (tx_ant, rx_ant) on the device. 3994 * Parameters are bitmaps of allowed antennas to use for TX/RX. Drivers may 3995 * reject TX/RX mask combinations they cannot support by returning -EINVAL 3996 * (also see nl80211.h @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX). 3997 * 3998 * @get_antenna: Get current antenna configuration from device (tx_ant, rx_ant). 3999 * 4000 * @tdls_mgmt: Transmit a TDLS management frame. 4001 * @tdls_oper: Perform a high-level TDLS operation (e.g. TDLS link setup). 4002 * 4003 * @probe_client: probe an associated client, must return a cookie that it 4004 * later passes to cfg80211_probe_status(). 4005 * 4006 * @set_noack_map: Set the NoAck Map for the TIDs. 4007 * 4008 * @get_channel: Get the current operating channel for the virtual interface. 4009 * For monitor interfaces, it should return %NULL unless there's a single 4010 * current monitoring channel. 4011 * 4012 * @start_p2p_device: Start the given P2P device. 4013 * @stop_p2p_device: Stop the given P2P device. 4014 * 4015 * @set_mac_acl: Sets MAC address control list in AP and P2P GO mode. 4016 * Parameters include ACL policy, an array of MAC address of stations 4017 * and the number of MAC addresses. If there is already a list in driver 4018 * this new list replaces the existing one. Driver has to clear its ACL 4019 * when number of MAC addresses entries is passed as 0. Drivers which 4020 * advertise the support for MAC based ACL have to implement this callback. 4021 * 4022 * @start_radar_detection: Start radar detection in the driver. 4023 * 4024 * @end_cac: End running CAC, probably because a related CAC 4025 * was finished on another phy. 4026 * 4027 * @update_ft_ies: Provide updated Fast BSS Transition information to the 4028 * driver. If the SME is in the driver/firmware, this information can be 4029 * used in building Authentication and Reassociation Request frames. 4030 * 4031 * @crit_proto_start: Indicates a critical protocol needs more link reliability 4032 * for a given duration (milliseconds). The protocol is provided so the 4033 * driver can take the most appropriate actions. 4034 * @crit_proto_stop: Indicates critical protocol no longer needs increased link 4035 * reliability. This operation can not fail. 4036 * @set_coalesce: Set coalesce parameters. 4037 * 4038 * @channel_switch: initiate channel-switch procedure (with CSA). Driver is 4039 * responsible for veryfing if the switch is possible. Since this is 4040 * inherently tricky driver may decide to disconnect an interface later 4041 * with cfg80211_stop_iface(). This doesn't mean driver can accept 4042 * everything. It should do it's best to verify requests and reject them 4043 * as soon as possible. 4044 * 4045 * @set_qos_map: Set QoS mapping information to the driver 4046 * 4047 * @set_ap_chanwidth: Set the AP (including P2P GO) mode channel width for the 4048 * given interface This is used e.g. for dynamic HT 20/40 MHz channel width 4049 * changes during the lifetime of the BSS. 4050 * 4051 * @add_tx_ts: validate (if admitted_time is 0) or add a TX TS to the device 4052 * with the given parameters; action frame exchange has been handled by 4053 * userspace so this just has to modify the TX path to take the TS into 4054 * account. 4055 * If the admitted time is 0 just validate the parameters to make sure 4056 * the session can be created at all; it is valid to just always return 4057 * success for that but that may result in inefficient behaviour (handshake 4058 * with the peer followed by immediate teardown when the addition is later 4059 * rejected) 4060 * @del_tx_ts: remove an existing TX TS 4061 * 4062 * @join_ocb: join the OCB network with the specified parameters 4063 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4064 * @leave_ocb: leave the current OCB network 4065 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4066 * 4067 * @tdls_channel_switch: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer. The driver 4068 * is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching operations 4069 * and returning to the base channel for communication with the AP. 4070 * @tdls_cancel_channel_switch: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS peer. Both 4071 * peers must be on the base channel when the call completes. 4072 * @start_nan: Start the NAN interface. 4073 * @stop_nan: Stop the NAN interface. 4074 * @add_nan_func: Add a NAN function. Returns negative value on failure. 4075 * On success @nan_func ownership is transferred to the driver and 4076 * it may access it outside of the scope of this function. The driver 4077 * should free the @nan_func when no longer needed by calling 4078 * cfg80211_free_nan_func(). 4079 * On success the driver should assign an instance_id in the 4080 * provided @nan_func. 4081 * @del_nan_func: Delete a NAN function. 4082 * @nan_change_conf: changes NAN configuration. The changed parameters must 4083 * be specified in @changes (using &enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes); 4084 * All other parameters must be ignored. 4085 * 4086 * @set_multicast_to_unicast: configure multicast to unicast conversion for BSS 4087 * 4088 * @get_txq_stats: Get TXQ stats for interface or phy. If wdev is %NULL, this 4089 * function should return phy stats, and interface stats otherwise. 4090 * 4091 * @set_pmk: configure the PMK to be used for offloaded 802.1X 4-Way handshake. 4092 * If not deleted through @del_pmk the PMK remains valid until disconnect 4093 * upon which the driver should clear it. 4094 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4095 * @del_pmk: delete the previously configured PMK for the given authenticator. 4096 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4097 * 4098 * @external_auth: indicates result of offloaded authentication processing from 4099 * user space 4100 * 4101 * @tx_control_port: TX a control port frame (EAPoL). The noencrypt parameter 4102 * tells the driver that the frame should not be encrypted. 4103 * 4104 * @get_ftm_responder_stats: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, if available. 4105 * Statistics should be cumulative, currently no way to reset is provided. 4106 * @start_pmsr: start peer measurement (e.g. FTM) 4107 * @abort_pmsr: abort peer measurement 4108 * 4109 * @update_owe_info: Provide updated OWE info to driver. Driver implementing SME 4110 * but offloading OWE processing to the user space will get the updated 4111 * DH IE through this interface. 4112 * 4113 * @probe_mesh_link: Probe direct Mesh peer's link quality by sending data frame 4114 * and overrule HWMP path selection algorithm. 4115 * @set_tid_config: TID specific configuration, this can be peer or BSS specific 4116 * This callback may sleep. 4117 * @reset_tid_config: Reset TID specific configuration for the peer, for the 4118 * given TIDs. This callback may sleep. 4119 * 4120 * @set_sar_specs: Update the SAR (TX power) settings. 4121 * 4122 * @color_change: Initiate a color change. 4123 * 4124 * @set_fils_aad: Set FILS AAD data to the AP driver so that the driver can use 4125 * those to decrypt (Re)Association Request and encrypt (Re)Association 4126 * Response frame. 4127 * 4128 * @set_radar_background: Configure dedicated offchannel chain available for 4129 * radar/CAC detection on some hw. This chain can't be used to transmit 4130 * or receive frames and it is bounded to a running wdev. 4131 * Background radar/CAC detection allows to avoid the CAC downtime 4132 * switching to a different channel during CAC detection on the selected 4133 * radar channel. 4134 * The caller is expected to set chandef pointer to NULL in order to 4135 * disable background CAC/radar detection. 4136 */ 4137 struct cfg80211_ops { 4138 int (*suspend)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_wowlan *wow); 4139 int (*resume)(struct wiphy *wiphy); 4140 void (*set_wakeup)(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool enabled); 4141 4142 struct wireless_dev * (*add_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4143 const char *name, 4144 unsigned char name_assign_type, 4145 enum nl80211_iftype type, 4146 struct vif_params *params); 4147 int (*del_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4148 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 4149 int (*change_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4150 struct net_device *dev, 4151 enum nl80211_iftype type, 4152 struct vif_params *params); 4153 4154 int (*add_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 4155 u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr, 4156 struct key_params *params); 4157 int (*get_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 4158 u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr, 4159 void *cookie, 4160 void (*callback)(void *cookie, struct key_params*)); 4161 int (*del_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 4162 u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr); 4163 int (*set_default_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4164 struct net_device *netdev, 4165 u8 key_index, bool unicast, bool multicast); 4166 int (*set_default_mgmt_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4167 struct net_device *netdev, 4168 u8 key_index); 4169 int (*set_default_beacon_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4170 struct net_device *netdev, 4171 u8 key_index); 4172 4173 int (*start_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4174 struct cfg80211_ap_settings *settings); 4175 int (*change_beacon)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4176 struct cfg80211_beacon_data *info); 4177 int (*stop_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 4178 4179 4180 int (*add_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4181 const u8 *mac, 4182 struct station_parameters *params); 4183 int (*del_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4184 struct station_del_parameters *params); 4185 int (*change_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4186 const u8 *mac, 4187 struct station_parameters *params); 4188 int (*get_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4189 const u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo); 4190 int (*dump_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4191 int idx, u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo); 4192 4193 int (*add_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4194 const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop); 4195 int (*del_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4196 const u8 *dst); 4197 int (*change_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4198 const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop); 4199 int (*get_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4200 u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop, struct mpath_info *pinfo); 4201 int (*dump_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4202 int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop, 4203 struct mpath_info *pinfo); 4204 int (*get_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4205 u8 *dst, u8 *mpp, struct mpath_info *pinfo); 4206 int (*dump_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4207 int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *mpp, 4208 struct mpath_info *pinfo); 4209 int (*get_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4210 struct net_device *dev, 4211 struct mesh_config *conf); 4212 int (*update_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4213 struct net_device *dev, u32 mask, 4214 const struct mesh_config *nconf); 4215 int (*join_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4216 const struct mesh_config *conf, 4217 const struct mesh_setup *setup); 4218 int (*leave_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 4219 4220 int (*join_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4221 struct ocb_setup *setup); 4222 int (*leave_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 4223 4224 int (*change_bss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4225 struct bss_parameters *params); 4226 4227 int (*set_txq_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4228 struct ieee80211_txq_params *params); 4229 4230 int (*libertas_set_mesh_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4231 struct net_device *dev, 4232 struct ieee80211_channel *chan); 4233 4234 int (*set_monitor_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4235 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 4236 4237 int (*scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4238 struct cfg80211_scan_request *request); 4239 void (*abort_scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev); 4240 4241 int (*auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4242 struct cfg80211_auth_request *req); 4243 int (*assoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4244 struct cfg80211_assoc_request *req); 4245 int (*deauth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4246 struct cfg80211_deauth_request *req); 4247 int (*disassoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4248 struct cfg80211_disassoc_request *req); 4249 4250 int (*connect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4251 struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme); 4252 int (*update_connect_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4253 struct net_device *dev, 4254 struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme, 4255 u32 changed); 4256 int (*disconnect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4257 u16 reason_code); 4258 4259 int (*join_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4260 struct cfg80211_ibss_params *params); 4261 int (*leave_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 4262 4263 int (*set_mcast_rate)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4264 int rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]); 4265 4266 int (*set_wiphy_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 changed); 4267 4268 int (*set_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4269 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type, int mbm); 4270 int (*get_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4271 int *dbm); 4272 4273 void (*rfkill_poll)(struct wiphy *wiphy); 4274 4275 #ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE 4276 int (*testmode_cmd)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4277 void *data, int len); 4278 int (*testmode_dump)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct sk_buff *skb, 4279 struct netlink_callback *cb, 4280 void *data, int len); 4281 #endif 4282 4283 int (*set_bitrate_mask)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4284 struct net_device *dev, 4285 const u8 *peer, 4286 const struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask *mask); 4287 4288 int (*dump_survey)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 4289 int idx, struct survey_info *info); 4290 4291 int (*set_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 4292 struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa); 4293 int (*del_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 4294 struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa); 4295 int (*flush_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev); 4296 4297 int (*remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4298 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4299 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, 4300 unsigned int duration, 4301 u64 *cookie); 4302 int (*cancel_remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4303 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4304 u64 cookie); 4305 4306 int (*mgmt_tx)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4307 struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params *params, 4308 u64 *cookie); 4309 int (*mgmt_tx_cancel_wait)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4310 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4311 u64 cookie); 4312 4313 int (*set_power_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4314 bool enabled, int timeout); 4315 4316 int (*set_cqm_rssi_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4317 struct net_device *dev, 4318 s32 rssi_thold, u32 rssi_hyst); 4319 4320 int (*set_cqm_rssi_range_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4321 struct net_device *dev, 4322 s32 rssi_low, s32 rssi_high); 4323 4324 int (*set_cqm_txe_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4325 struct net_device *dev, 4326 u32 rate, u32 pkts, u32 intvl); 4327 4328 void (*update_mgmt_frame_registrations)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4329 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4330 struct mgmt_frame_regs *upd); 4331 4332 int (*set_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 tx_ant, u32 rx_ant); 4333 int (*get_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 *tx_ant, u32 *rx_ant); 4334 4335 int (*sched_scan_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4336 struct net_device *dev, 4337 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *request); 4338 int (*sched_scan_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4339 u64 reqid); 4340 4341 int (*set_rekey_data)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4342 struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data *data); 4343 4344 int (*tdls_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4345 const u8 *peer, u8 action_code, u8 dialog_token, 4346 u16 status_code, u32 peer_capability, 4347 bool initiator, const u8 *buf, size_t len); 4348 int (*tdls_oper)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4349 const u8 *peer, enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper); 4350 4351 int (*probe_client)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4352 const u8 *peer, u64 *cookie); 4353 4354 int (*set_noack_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4355 struct net_device *dev, 4356 u16 noack_map); 4357 4358 int (*get_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4359 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4360 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 4361 4362 int (*start_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4363 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 4364 void (*stop_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4365 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 4366 4367 int (*set_mac_acl)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4368 const struct cfg80211_acl_data *params); 4369 4370 int (*start_radar_detection)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4371 struct net_device *dev, 4372 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 4373 u32 cac_time_ms); 4374 void (*end_cac)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4375 struct net_device *dev); 4376 int (*update_ft_ies)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4377 struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params *ftie); 4378 int (*crit_proto_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4379 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4380 enum nl80211_crit_proto_id protocol, 4381 u16 duration); 4382 void (*crit_proto_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4383 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 4384 int (*set_coalesce)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4385 struct cfg80211_coalesce *coalesce); 4386 4387 int (*channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4388 struct net_device *dev, 4389 struct cfg80211_csa_settings *params); 4390 4391 int (*set_qos_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4392 struct net_device *dev, 4393 struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map); 4394 4395 int (*set_ap_chanwidth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4396 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 4397 4398 int (*add_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4399 u8 tsid, const u8 *peer, u8 user_prio, 4400 u16 admitted_time); 4401 int (*del_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4402 u8 tsid, const u8 *peer); 4403 4404 int (*tdls_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4405 struct net_device *dev, 4406 const u8 *addr, u8 oper_class, 4407 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 4408 void (*tdls_cancel_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4409 struct net_device *dev, 4410 const u8 *addr); 4411 int (*start_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4412 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf); 4413 void (*stop_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev); 4414 int (*add_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4415 struct cfg80211_nan_func *nan_func); 4416 void (*del_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4417 u64 cookie); 4418 int (*nan_change_conf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4419 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4420 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf, 4421 u32 changes); 4422 4423 int (*set_multicast_to_unicast)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4424 struct net_device *dev, 4425 const bool enabled); 4426 4427 int (*get_txq_stats)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4428 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4429 struct cfg80211_txq_stats *txqstats); 4430 4431 int (*set_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4432 const struct cfg80211_pmk_conf *conf); 4433 int (*del_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4434 const u8 *aa); 4435 int (*external_auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4436 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params); 4437 4438 int (*tx_control_port)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4439 struct net_device *dev, 4440 const u8 *buf, size_t len, 4441 const u8 *dest, const __be16 proto, 4442 const bool noencrypt, 4443 u64 *cookie); 4444 4445 int (*get_ftm_responder_stats)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4446 struct net_device *dev, 4447 struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats *ftm_stats); 4448 4449 int (*start_pmsr)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4450 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request); 4451 void (*abort_pmsr)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4452 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request); 4453 int (*update_owe_info)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4454 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info *owe_info); 4455 int (*probe_mesh_link)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4456 const u8 *buf, size_t len); 4457 int (*set_tid_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4458 struct cfg80211_tid_config *tid_conf); 4459 int (*reset_tid_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4460 const u8 *peer, u8 tids); 4461 int (*set_sar_specs)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4462 struct cfg80211_sar_specs *sar); 4463 int (*color_change)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4464 struct net_device *dev, 4465 struct cfg80211_color_change_settings *params); 4466 int (*set_fils_aad)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4467 struct cfg80211_fils_aad *fils_aad); 4468 int (*set_radar_background)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4469 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 4470 }; 4471 4472 /* 4473 * wireless hardware and networking interfaces structures 4474 * and registration/helper functions 4475 */ 4476 4477 /** 4478 * enum wiphy_flags - wiphy capability flags 4479 * 4480 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SPLIT_SCAN_6GHZ: if set to true, the scan request will be split 4481 * into two, first for legacy bands and second for UHB. 4482 * @WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK: if not set, do not allow changing the netns of this 4483 * wiphy at all 4484 * @WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT: if set to true, powersave will be enabled 4485 * by default -- this flag will be set depending on the kernel's default 4486 * on wiphy_new(), but can be changed by the driver if it has a good 4487 * reason to override the default 4488 * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP: supports 4addr mode even on AP (with a single station 4489 * on a VLAN interface). This flag also serves an extra purpose of 4490 * supporting 4ADDR AP mode on devices which do not support AP/VLAN iftype. 4491 * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION: supports 4addr mode even as a station 4492 * @WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL: This device supports setting the 4493 * control port protocol ethertype. The device also honours the 4494 * control_port_no_encrypt flag. 4495 * @WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN. 4496 * @WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH: The device supports mesh authentication by routing 4497 * auth frames to userspace. See @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH. 4498 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM: The device supports roaming feature in the 4499 * firmware. 4500 * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD: The device supports uapsd on AP. 4501 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS: The device supports TDLS (802.11z) operation. 4502 * @WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The device does not handle TDLS (802.11z) 4503 * link setup/discovery operations internally. Setup, discovery and 4504 * teardown packets should be sent through the @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT 4505 * command. When this flag is not set, @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be 4506 * used for asking the driver/firmware to perform a TDLS operation. 4507 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME: device integrates AP SME 4508 * @WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS: the device will report beacons from other BSSes 4509 * when there are virtual interfaces in AP mode by calling 4510 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon(). 4511 * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: When operating as an AP, the device 4512 * responds to probe-requests in hardware. 4513 * @WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX: Device supports direct off-channel TX. 4514 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Device supports remain-on-channel call. 4515 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ: Device supports 5 MHz and 10 MHz channels. 4516 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Device supports channel switch in 4517 * beaconing mode (AP, IBSS, Mesh, ...). 4518 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_STATIC_WEP: The device supports static WEP key installation 4519 * before connection. 4520 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_EXT_KEK_KCK: The device supports bigger kek and kck keys 4521 */ 4522 enum wiphy_flags { 4523 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_EXT_KEK_KCK = BIT(0), 4524 /* use hole at 1 */ 4525 WIPHY_FLAG_SPLIT_SCAN_6GHZ = BIT(2), 4526 WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK = BIT(3), 4527 WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT = BIT(4), 4528 WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP = BIT(5), 4529 WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION = BIT(6), 4530 WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL = BIT(7), 4531 WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN = BIT(8), 4532 WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH = BIT(10), 4533 /* use hole at 11 */ 4534 /* use hole at 12 */ 4535 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM = BIT(13), 4536 WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD = BIT(14), 4537 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS = BIT(15), 4538 WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP = BIT(16), 4539 WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME = BIT(17), 4540 WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS = BIT(18), 4541 WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD = BIT(19), 4542 WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX = BIT(20), 4543 WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL = BIT(21), 4544 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ = BIT(22), 4545 WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH = BIT(23), 4546 WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_STATIC_WEP = BIT(24), 4547 }; 4548 4549 /** 4550 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit - limit on certain interface types 4551 * @max: maximum number of interfaces of these types 4552 * @types: interface types (bits) 4553 */ 4554 struct ieee80211_iface_limit { 4555 u16 max; 4556 u16 types; 4557 }; 4558 4559 /** 4560 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination - possible interface combination 4561 * 4562 * With this structure the driver can describe which interface 4563 * combinations it supports concurrently. 4564 * 4565 * Examples: 4566 * 4567 * 1. Allow #STA <= 1, #AP <= 1, matching BI, channels = 1, 2 total: 4568 * 4569 * .. code-block:: c 4570 * 4571 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits1[] = { 4572 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), }, 4573 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP}, }, 4574 * }; 4575 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination1 = { 4576 * .limits = limits1, 4577 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits1), 4578 * .max_interfaces = 2, 4579 * .beacon_int_infra_match = true, 4580 * }; 4581 * 4582 * 4583 * 2. Allow #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8, channels = 1, 8 total: 4584 * 4585 * .. code-block:: c 4586 * 4587 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits2[] = { 4588 * { .max = 8, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP) | 4589 * BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO), }, 4590 * }; 4591 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination2 = { 4592 * .limits = limits2, 4593 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits2), 4594 * .max_interfaces = 8, 4595 * .num_different_channels = 1, 4596 * }; 4597 * 4598 * 4599 * 3. Allow #STA <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 on two channels, 4 total. 4600 * 4601 * This allows for an infrastructure connection and three P2P connections. 4602 * 4603 * .. code-block:: c 4604 * 4605 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits3[] = { 4606 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), }, 4607 * { .max = 3, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO) | 4608 * BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT), }, 4609 * }; 4610 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination3 = { 4611 * .limits = limits3, 4612 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits3), 4613 * .max_interfaces = 4, 4614 * .num_different_channels = 2, 4615 * }; 4616 * 4617 */ 4618 struct ieee80211_iface_combination { 4619 /** 4620 * @limits: 4621 * limits for the given interface types 4622 */ 4623 const struct ieee80211_iface_limit *limits; 4624 4625 /** 4626 * @num_different_channels: 4627 * can use up to this many different channels 4628 */ 4629 u32 num_different_channels; 4630 4631 /** 4632 * @max_interfaces: 4633 * maximum number of interfaces in total allowed in this group 4634 */ 4635 u16 max_interfaces; 4636 4637 /** 4638 * @n_limits: 4639 * number of limitations 4640 */ 4641 u8 n_limits; 4642 4643 /** 4644 * @beacon_int_infra_match: 4645 * In this combination, the beacon intervals between infrastructure 4646 * and AP types must match. This is required only in special cases. 4647 */ 4648 bool beacon_int_infra_match; 4649 4650 /** 4651 * @radar_detect_widths: 4652 * bitmap of channel widths supported for radar detection 4653 */ 4654 u8 radar_detect_widths; 4655 4656 /** 4657 * @radar_detect_regions: 4658 * bitmap of regions supported for radar detection 4659 */ 4660 u8 radar_detect_regions; 4661 4662 /** 4663 * @beacon_int_min_gcd: 4664 * This interface combination supports different beacon intervals. 4665 * 4666 * = 0 4667 * all beacon intervals for different interface must be same. 4668 * > 0 4669 * any beacon interval for the interface part of this combination AND 4670 * GCD of all beacon intervals from beaconing interfaces of this 4671 * combination must be greater or equal to this value. 4672 */ 4673 u32 beacon_int_min_gcd; 4674 }; 4675 4676 struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes { 4677 u16 tx, rx; 4678 }; 4679 4680 /** 4681 * enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags - WoWLAN support flags 4682 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY: supports wakeup for the special "any" 4683 * trigger that keeps the device operating as-is and 4684 * wakes up the host on any activity, for example a 4685 * received packet that passed filtering; note that the 4686 * packet should be preserved in that case 4687 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT: supports wakeup on magic packet 4688 * (see nl80211.h) 4689 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT: supports wakeup on disconnect 4690 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY: supports GTK rekeying while asleep 4691 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: supports wakeup on GTK rekey failure 4692 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ: supports wakeup on EAP identity request 4693 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: supports wakeup on 4-way handshake failure 4694 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE: supports wakeup on RF-kill release 4695 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT: supports wakeup on network detection 4696 */ 4697 enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags { 4698 WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY = BIT(0), 4699 WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT = BIT(1), 4700 WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT = BIT(2), 4701 WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY = BIT(3), 4702 WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE = BIT(4), 4703 WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ = BIT(5), 4704 WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE = BIT(6), 4705 WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE = BIT(7), 4706 WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT = BIT(8), 4707 }; 4708 4709 struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support { 4710 const struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature *tok; 4711 u32 data_payload_max; 4712 u32 data_interval_max; 4713 u32 wake_payload_max; 4714 bool seq; 4715 }; 4716 4717 /** 4718 * struct wiphy_wowlan_support - WoWLAN support data 4719 * @flags: see &enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags 4720 * @n_patterns: number of supported wakeup patterns 4721 * (see nl80211.h for the pattern definition) 4722 * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern 4723 * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern 4724 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset 4725 * @max_nd_match_sets: maximum number of matchsets for net-detect, 4726 * similar, but not necessarily identical, to max_match_sets for 4727 * scheduled scans. 4728 * See &struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request.@match_sets for more 4729 * details. 4730 * @tcp: TCP wakeup support information 4731 */ 4732 struct wiphy_wowlan_support { 4733 u32 flags; 4734 int n_patterns; 4735 int pattern_max_len; 4736 int pattern_min_len; 4737 int max_pkt_offset; 4738 int max_nd_match_sets; 4739 const struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support *tcp; 4740 }; 4741 4742 /** 4743 * struct wiphy_coalesce_support - coalesce support data 4744 * @n_rules: maximum number of coalesce rules 4745 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs 4746 * @n_patterns: number of supported patterns in a rule 4747 * (see nl80211.h for the pattern definition) 4748 * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern 4749 * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern 4750 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset 4751 */ 4752 struct wiphy_coalesce_support { 4753 int n_rules; 4754 int max_delay; 4755 int n_patterns; 4756 int pattern_max_len; 4757 int pattern_min_len; 4758 int max_pkt_offset; 4759 }; 4760 4761 /** 4762 * enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags - validation flags for vendor commands 4763 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV: vendor command requires wdev 4764 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV: vendor command requires netdev 4765 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING: interface/wdev must be up & running 4766 * (must be combined with %_WDEV or %_NETDEV) 4767 */ 4768 enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags { 4769 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV = BIT(0), 4770 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV = BIT(1), 4771 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING = BIT(2), 4772 }; 4773 4774 /** 4775 * enum wiphy_opmode_flag - Station's ht/vht operation mode information flags 4776 * 4777 * @STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED: Max Bandwidth changed 4778 * @STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED: SMPS mode changed 4779 * @STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED: max N_SS (number of spatial streams) changed 4780 * 4781 */ 4782 enum wiphy_opmode_flag { 4783 STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED = BIT(0), 4784 STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED = BIT(1), 4785 STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED = BIT(2), 4786 }; 4787 4788 /** 4789 * struct sta_opmode_info - Station's ht/vht operation mode information 4790 * @changed: contains value from &enum wiphy_opmode_flag 4791 * @smps_mode: New SMPS mode value from &enum nl80211_smps_mode of a station 4792 * @bw: new max bandwidth value from &enum nl80211_chan_width of a station 4793 * @rx_nss: new rx_nss value of a station 4794 */ 4795 4796 struct sta_opmode_info { 4797 u32 changed; 4798 enum nl80211_smps_mode smps_mode; 4799 enum nl80211_chan_width bw; 4800 u8 rx_nss; 4801 }; 4802 4803 #define VENDOR_CMD_RAW_DATA ((const struct nla_policy *)(long)(-ENODATA)) 4804 4805 /** 4806 * struct wiphy_vendor_command - vendor command definition 4807 * @info: vendor command identifying information, as used in nl80211 4808 * @flags: flags, see &enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags 4809 * @doit: callback for the operation, note that wdev is %NULL if the 4810 * flags didn't ask for a wdev and non-%NULL otherwise; the data 4811 * pointer may be %NULL if userspace provided no data at all 4812 * @dumpit: dump callback, for transferring bigger/multiple items. The 4813 * @storage points to cb->args[5], ie. is preserved over the multiple 4814 * dumpit calls. 4815 * @policy: policy pointer for attributes within %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA. 4816 * Set this to %VENDOR_CMD_RAW_DATA if no policy can be given and the 4817 * attribute is just raw data (e.g. a firmware command). 4818 * @maxattr: highest attribute number in policy 4819 * It's recommended to not have the same sub command with both @doit and 4820 * @dumpit, so that userspace can assume certain ones are get and others 4821 * are used with dump requests. 4822 */ 4823 struct wiphy_vendor_command { 4824 struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info info; 4825 u32 flags; 4826 int (*doit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4827 const void *data, int data_len); 4828 int (*dumpit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4829 struct sk_buff *skb, const void *data, int data_len, 4830 unsigned long *storage); 4831 const struct nla_policy *policy; 4832 unsigned int maxattr; 4833 }; 4834 4835 /** 4836 * struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab - extended capabilities per interface type 4837 * @iftype: interface type 4838 * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver, 4839 * additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are the 4840 * 802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element") and are 4841 * in the same format as in the information element. See IEEE Std 4842 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields. 4843 * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values 4844 * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities 4845 */ 4846 struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab { 4847 enum nl80211_iftype iftype; 4848 const u8 *extended_capabilities; 4849 const u8 *extended_capabilities_mask; 4850 u8 extended_capabilities_len; 4851 }; 4852 4853 /** 4854 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities - cfg80211 peer measurement capabilities 4855 * @max_peers: maximum number of peers in a single measurement 4856 * @report_ap_tsf: can report assoc AP's TSF for radio resource measurement 4857 * @randomize_mac_addr: can randomize MAC address for measurement 4858 * @ftm.supported: FTM measurement is supported 4859 * @ftm.asap: ASAP-mode is supported 4860 * @ftm.non_asap: non-ASAP-mode is supported 4861 * @ftm.request_lci: can request LCI data 4862 * @ftm.request_civicloc: can request civic location data 4863 * @ftm.preambles: bitmap of preambles supported (&enum nl80211_preamble) 4864 * @ftm.bandwidths: bitmap of bandwidths supported (&enum nl80211_chan_width) 4865 * @ftm.max_bursts_exponent: maximum burst exponent supported 4866 * (set to -1 if not limited; note that setting this will necessarily 4867 * forbid using the value 15 to let the responder pick) 4868 * @ftm.max_ftms_per_burst: maximum FTMs per burst supported (set to 0 if 4869 * not limited) 4870 * @ftm.trigger_based: trigger based ranging measurement is supported 4871 * @ftm.non_trigger_based: non trigger based ranging measurement is supported 4872 */ 4873 struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities { 4874 unsigned int max_peers; 4875 u8 report_ap_tsf:1, 4876 randomize_mac_addr:1; 4877 4878 struct { 4879 u32 preambles; 4880 u32 bandwidths; 4881 s8 max_bursts_exponent; 4882 u8 max_ftms_per_burst; 4883 u8 supported:1, 4884 asap:1, 4885 non_asap:1, 4886 request_lci:1, 4887 request_civicloc:1, 4888 trigger_based:1, 4889 non_trigger_based:1; 4890 } ftm; 4891 }; 4892 4893 /** 4894 * struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites - This structure encapsulates supported akm 4895 * suites for interface types defined in @iftypes_mask. Each type in the 4896 * @iftypes_mask must be unique across all instances of iftype_akm_suites. 4897 * 4898 * @iftypes_mask: bitmask of interfaces types 4899 * @akm_suites: points to an array of supported akm suites 4900 * @n_akm_suites: number of supported AKM suites 4901 */ 4902 struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites { 4903 u16 iftypes_mask; 4904 const u32 *akm_suites; 4905 int n_akm_suites; 4906 }; 4907 4908 /** 4909 * struct wiphy - wireless hardware description 4910 * @mtx: mutex for the data (structures) of this device 4911 * @reg_notifier: the driver's regulatory notification callback, 4912 * note that if your driver uses wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory() 4913 * the reg_notifier's request can be passed as NULL 4914 * @regd: the driver's regulatory domain, if one was requested via 4915 * the regulatory_hint() API. This can be used by the driver 4916 * on the reg_notifier() if it chooses to ignore future 4917 * regulatory domain changes caused by other drivers. 4918 * @signal_type: signal type reported in &struct cfg80211_bss. 4919 * @cipher_suites: supported cipher suites 4920 * @n_cipher_suites: number of supported cipher suites 4921 * @akm_suites: supported AKM suites. These are the default AKMs supported if 4922 * the supported AKMs not advertized for a specific interface type in 4923 * iftype_akm_suites. 4924 * @n_akm_suites: number of supported AKM suites 4925 * @iftype_akm_suites: array of supported akm suites info per interface type. 4926 * Note that the bits in @iftypes_mask inside this structure cannot 4927 * overlap (i.e. only one occurrence of each type is allowed across all 4928 * instances of iftype_akm_suites). 4929 * @num_iftype_akm_suites: number of interface types for which supported akm 4930 * suites are specified separately. 4931 * @retry_short: Retry limit for short frames (dot11ShortRetryLimit) 4932 * @retry_long: Retry limit for long frames (dot11LongRetryLimit) 4933 * @frag_threshold: Fragmentation threshold (dot11FragmentationThreshold); 4934 * -1 = fragmentation disabled, only odd values >= 256 used 4935 * @rts_threshold: RTS threshold (dot11RTSThreshold); -1 = RTS/CTS disabled 4936 * @_net: the network namespace this wiphy currently lives in 4937 * @perm_addr: permanent MAC address of this device 4938 * @addr_mask: If the device supports multiple MAC addresses by masking, 4939 * set this to a mask with variable bits set to 1, e.g. if the last 4940 * four bits are variable then set it to 00-00-00-00-00-0f. The actual 4941 * variable bits shall be determined by the interfaces added, with 4942 * interfaces not matching the mask being rejected to be brought up. 4943 * @n_addresses: number of addresses in @addresses. 4944 * @addresses: If the device has more than one address, set this pointer 4945 * to a list of addresses (6 bytes each). The first one will be used 4946 * by default for perm_addr. In this case, the mask should be set to 4947 * all-zeroes. In this case it is assumed that the device can handle 4948 * the same number of arbitrary MAC addresses. 4949 * @registered: protects ->resume and ->suspend sysfs callbacks against 4950 * unregister hardware 4951 * @debugfsdir: debugfs directory used for this wiphy (ieee80211/<wiphyname>). 4952 * It will be renamed automatically on wiphy renames 4953 * @dev: (virtual) struct device for this wiphy. The item in 4954 * /sys/class/ieee80211/ points to this. You need use set_wiphy_dev() 4955 * (see below). 4956 * @wext: wireless extension handlers 4957 * @priv: driver private data (sized according to wiphy_new() parameter) 4958 * @interface_modes: bitmask of interfaces types valid for this wiphy, 4959 * must be set by driver 4960 * @iface_combinations: Valid interface combinations array, should not 4961 * list single interface types. 4962 * @n_iface_combinations: number of entries in @iface_combinations array. 4963 * @software_iftypes: bitmask of software interface types, these are not 4964 * subject to any restrictions since they are purely managed in SW. 4965 * @flags: wiphy flags, see &enum wiphy_flags 4966 * @regulatory_flags: wiphy regulatory flags, see 4967 * &enum ieee80211_regulatory_flags 4968 * @features: features advertised to nl80211, see &enum nl80211_feature_flags. 4969 * @ext_features: extended features advertised to nl80211, see 4970 * &enum nl80211_ext_feature_index. 4971 * @bss_priv_size: each BSS struct has private data allocated with it, 4972 * this variable determines its size 4973 * @max_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan for in 4974 * any given scan 4975 * @max_sched_scan_reqs: maximum number of scheduled scan requests that 4976 * the device can run concurrently. 4977 * @max_sched_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan 4978 * for in any given scheduled scan 4979 * @max_match_sets: maximum number of match sets the device can handle 4980 * when performing a scheduled scan, 0 if filtering is not 4981 * supported. 4982 * @max_scan_ie_len: maximum length of user-controlled IEs device can 4983 * add to probe request frames transmitted during a scan, must not 4984 * include fixed IEs like supported rates 4985 * @max_sched_scan_ie_len: same as max_scan_ie_len, but for scheduled 4986 * scans 4987 * @max_sched_scan_plans: maximum number of scan plans (scan interval and number 4988 * of iterations) for scheduled scan supported by the device. 4989 * @max_sched_scan_plan_interval: maximum interval (in seconds) for a 4990 * single scan plan supported by the device. 4991 * @max_sched_scan_plan_iterations: maximum number of iterations for a single 4992 * scan plan supported by the device. 4993 * @coverage_class: current coverage class 4994 * @fw_version: firmware version for ethtool reporting 4995 * @hw_version: hardware version for ethtool reporting 4996 * @max_num_pmkids: maximum number of PMKIDs supported by device 4997 * @privid: a pointer that drivers can use to identify if an arbitrary 4998 * wiphy is theirs, e.g. in global notifiers 4999 * @bands: information about bands/channels supported by this device 5000 * 5001 * @mgmt_stypes: bitmasks of frame subtypes that can be subscribed to or 5002 * transmitted through nl80211, points to an array indexed by interface 5003 * type 5004 * 5005 * @available_antennas_tx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be 5006 * configured as TX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be 5007 * rejected unless this or @available_antennas_rx is set. 5008 * 5009 * @available_antennas_rx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be 5010 * configured as RX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be 5011 * rejected unless this or @available_antennas_tx is set. 5012 * 5013 * @probe_resp_offload: 5014 * Bitmap of supported protocols for probe response offloading. 5015 * See &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr. Only valid 5016 * when the wiphy flag @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD is set. 5017 * 5018 * @max_remain_on_channel_duration: Maximum time a remain-on-channel operation 5019 * may request, if implemented. 5020 * 5021 * @wowlan: WoWLAN support information 5022 * @wowlan_config: current WoWLAN configuration; this should usually not be 5023 * used since access to it is necessarily racy, use the parameter passed 5024 * to the suspend() operation instead. 5025 * 5026 * @ap_sme_capa: AP SME capabilities, flags from &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features. 5027 * @ht_capa_mod_mask: Specify what ht_cap values can be over-ridden. 5028 * If null, then none can be over-ridden. 5029 * @vht_capa_mod_mask: Specify what VHT capabilities can be over-ridden. 5030 * If null, then none can be over-ridden. 5031 * 5032 * @wdev_list: the list of associated (virtual) interfaces; this list must 5033 * not be modified by the driver, but can be read with RTNL/RCU protection. 5034 * 5035 * @max_acl_mac_addrs: Maximum number of MAC addresses that the device 5036 * supports for ACL. 5037 * 5038 * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver, 5039 * additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are 5040 * the 802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element") 5041 * and are in the same format as in the information element. See 5042 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields. These are the default 5043 * extended capabilities to be used if the capabilities are not specified 5044 * for a specific interface type in iftype_ext_capab. 5045 * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values 5046 * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities 5047 * @iftype_ext_capab: array of extended capabilities per interface type 5048 * @num_iftype_ext_capab: number of interface types for which extended 5049 * capabilities are specified separately. 5050 * @coalesce: packet coalescing support information 5051 * 5052 * @vendor_commands: array of vendor commands supported by the hardware 5053 * @n_vendor_commands: number of vendor commands 5054 * @vendor_events: array of vendor events supported by the hardware 5055 * @n_vendor_events: number of vendor events 5056 * 5057 * @max_ap_assoc_sta: maximum number of associated stations supported in AP mode 5058 * (including P2P GO) or 0 to indicate no such limit is advertised. The 5059 * driver is allowed to advertise a theoretical limit that it can reach in 5060 * some cases, but may not always reach. 5061 * 5062 * @max_num_csa_counters: Number of supported csa_counters in beacons 5063 * and probe responses. This value should be set if the driver 5064 * wishes to limit the number of csa counters. Default (0) means 5065 * infinite. 5066 * @bss_select_support: bitmask indicating the BSS selection criteria supported 5067 * by the driver in the .connect() callback. The bit position maps to the 5068 * attribute indices defined in &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr. 5069 * 5070 * @nan_supported_bands: bands supported by the device in NAN mode, a 5071 * bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values. For instance, for 5072 * NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set 5073 * (i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)). 5074 * 5075 * @txq_limit: configuration of internal TX queue frame limit 5076 * @txq_memory_limit: configuration internal TX queue memory limit 5077 * @txq_quantum: configuration of internal TX queue scheduler quantum 5078 * 5079 * @tx_queue_len: allow setting transmit queue len for drivers not using 5080 * wake_tx_queue 5081 * 5082 * @support_mbssid: can HW support association with nontransmitted AP 5083 * @support_only_he_mbssid: don't parse MBSSID elements if it is not 5084 * HE AP, in order to avoid compatibility issues. 5085 * @support_mbssid must be set for this to have any effect. 5086 * 5087 * @pmsr_capa: peer measurement capabilities 5088 * 5089 * @tid_config_support: describes the per-TID config support that the 5090 * device has 5091 * @tid_config_support.vif: bitmap of attributes (configurations) 5092 * supported by the driver for each vif 5093 * @tid_config_support.peer: bitmap of attributes (configurations) 5094 * supported by the driver for each peer 5095 * @tid_config_support.max_retry: maximum supported retry count for 5096 * long/short retry configuration 5097 * 5098 * @max_data_retry_count: maximum supported per TID retry count for 5099 * configuration through the %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT and 5100 * %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG attributes 5101 * @sar_capa: SAR control capabilities 5102 * @rfkill: a pointer to the rfkill structure 5103 * 5104 * @mbssid_max_interfaces: maximum number of interfaces supported by the driver 5105 * in a multiple BSSID set. This field must be set to a non-zero value 5106 * by the driver to advertise MBSSID support. 5107 * @ema_max_profile_periodicity: maximum profile periodicity supported by 5108 * the driver. Setting this field to a non-zero value indicates that the 5109 * driver supports enhanced multi-BSSID advertisements (EMA AP). 5110 */ 5111 struct wiphy { 5112 struct mutex mtx; 5113 5114 /* assign these fields before you register the wiphy */ 5115 5116 u8 perm_addr[ETH_ALEN]; 5117 u8 addr_mask[ETH_ALEN]; 5118 5119 struct mac_address *addresses; 5120 5121 const struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes *mgmt_stypes; 5122 5123 const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *iface_combinations; 5124 int n_iface_combinations; 5125 u16 software_iftypes; 5126 5127 u16 n_addresses; 5128 5129 /* Supported interface modes, OR together BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_...) */ 5130 u16 interface_modes; 5131 5132 u16 max_acl_mac_addrs; 5133 5134 u32 flags, regulatory_flags, features; 5135 u8 ext_features[DIV_ROUND_UP(NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES, 8)]; 5136 5137 u32 ap_sme_capa; 5138 5139 enum cfg80211_signal_type signal_type; 5140 5141 int bss_priv_size; 5142 u8 max_scan_ssids; 5143 u8 max_sched_scan_reqs; 5144 u8 max_sched_scan_ssids; 5145 u8 max_match_sets; 5146 u16 max_scan_ie_len; 5147 u16 max_sched_scan_ie_len; 5148 u32 max_sched_scan_plans; 5149 u32 max_sched_scan_plan_interval; 5150 u32 max_sched_scan_plan_iterations; 5151 5152 int n_cipher_suites; 5153 const u32 *cipher_suites; 5154 5155 int n_akm_suites; 5156 const u32 *akm_suites; 5157 5158 const struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites *iftype_akm_suites; 5159 unsigned int num_iftype_akm_suites; 5160 5161 u8 retry_short; 5162 u8 retry_long; 5163 u32 frag_threshold; 5164 u32 rts_threshold; 5165 u8 coverage_class; 5166 5167 char fw_version[ETHTOOL_FWVERS_LEN]; 5168 u32 hw_version; 5169 5170 #ifdef CONFIG_PM 5171 const struct wiphy_wowlan_support *wowlan; 5172 struct cfg80211_wowlan *wowlan_config; 5173 #endif 5174 5175 u16 max_remain_on_channel_duration; 5176 5177 u8 max_num_pmkids; 5178 5179 u32 available_antennas_tx; 5180 u32 available_antennas_rx; 5181 5182 u32 probe_resp_offload; 5183 5184 const u8 *extended_capabilities, *extended_capabilities_mask; 5185 u8 extended_capabilities_len; 5186 5187 const struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab *iftype_ext_capab; 5188 unsigned int num_iftype_ext_capab; 5189 5190 const void *privid; 5191 5192 struct ieee80211_supported_band *bands[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 5193 5194 void (*reg_notifier)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5195 struct regulatory_request *request); 5196 5197 /* fields below are read-only, assigned by cfg80211 */ 5198 5199 const struct ieee80211_regdomain __rcu *regd; 5200 5201 struct device dev; 5202 5203 bool registered; 5204 5205 struct dentry *debugfsdir; 5206 5207 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa_mod_mask; 5208 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa_mod_mask; 5209 5210 struct list_head wdev_list; 5211 5212 possible_net_t _net; 5213 5214 #ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT 5215 const struct iw_handler_def *wext; 5216 #endif 5217 5218 const struct wiphy_coalesce_support *coalesce; 5219 5220 const struct wiphy_vendor_command *vendor_commands; 5221 const struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info *vendor_events; 5222 int n_vendor_commands, n_vendor_events; 5223 5224 u16 max_ap_assoc_sta; 5225 5226 u8 max_num_csa_counters; 5227 5228 u32 bss_select_support; 5229 5230 u8 nan_supported_bands; 5231 5232 u32 txq_limit; 5233 u32 txq_memory_limit; 5234 u32 txq_quantum; 5235 5236 unsigned long tx_queue_len; 5237 5238 u8 support_mbssid:1, 5239 support_only_he_mbssid:1; 5240 5241 const struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities *pmsr_capa; 5242 5243 struct { 5244 u64 peer, vif; 5245 u8 max_retry; 5246 } tid_config_support; 5247 5248 u8 max_data_retry_count; 5249 5250 const struct cfg80211_sar_capa *sar_capa; 5251 5252 struct rfkill *rfkill; 5253 5254 u8 mbssid_max_interfaces; 5255 u8 ema_max_profile_periodicity; 5256 5257 char priv[] __aligned(NETDEV_ALIGN); 5258 }; 5259 5260 static inline struct net *wiphy_net(struct wiphy *wiphy) 5261 { 5262 return read_pnet(&wiphy->_net); 5263 } 5264 5265 static inline void wiphy_net_set(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net *net) 5266 { 5267 write_pnet(&wiphy->_net, net); 5268 } 5269 5270 /** 5271 * wiphy_priv - return priv from wiphy 5272 * 5273 * @wiphy: the wiphy whose priv pointer to return 5274 * Return: The priv of @wiphy. 5275 */ 5276 static inline void *wiphy_priv(struct wiphy *wiphy) 5277 { 5278 BUG_ON(!wiphy); 5279 return &wiphy->priv; 5280 } 5281 5282 /** 5283 * priv_to_wiphy - return the wiphy containing the priv 5284 * 5285 * @priv: a pointer previously returned by wiphy_priv 5286 * Return: The wiphy of @priv. 5287 */ 5288 static inline struct wiphy *priv_to_wiphy(void *priv) 5289 { 5290 BUG_ON(!priv); 5291 return container_of(priv, struct wiphy, priv); 5292 } 5293 5294 /** 5295 * set_wiphy_dev - set device pointer for wiphy 5296 * 5297 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device to bind 5298 * @dev: The device to parent it to 5299 */ 5300 static inline void set_wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct device *dev) 5301 { 5302 wiphy->dev.parent = dev; 5303 } 5304 5305 /** 5306 * wiphy_dev - get wiphy dev pointer 5307 * 5308 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device struct to look up 5309 * Return: The dev of @wiphy. 5310 */ 5311 static inline struct device *wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy) 5312 { 5313 return wiphy->dev.parent; 5314 } 5315 5316 /** 5317 * wiphy_name - get wiphy name 5318 * 5319 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose name to return 5320 * Return: The name of @wiphy. 5321 */ 5322 static inline const char *wiphy_name(const struct wiphy *wiphy) 5323 { 5324 return dev_name(&wiphy->dev); 5325 } 5326 5327 /** 5328 * wiphy_new_nm - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211 5329 * 5330 * @ops: The configuration operations for this device 5331 * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate 5332 * @requested_name: Request a particular name. 5333 * NULL is valid value, and means use the default phy%d naming. 5334 * 5335 * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it. 5336 * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use. 5337 * 5338 * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be 5339 * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation. 5340 */ 5341 struct wiphy *wiphy_new_nm(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops, int sizeof_priv, 5342 const char *requested_name); 5343 5344 /** 5345 * wiphy_new - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211 5346 * 5347 * @ops: The configuration operations for this device 5348 * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate 5349 * 5350 * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it. 5351 * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use. 5352 * 5353 * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be 5354 * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation. 5355 */ 5356 static inline struct wiphy *wiphy_new(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops, 5357 int sizeof_priv) 5358 { 5359 return wiphy_new_nm(ops, sizeof_priv, NULL); 5360 } 5361 5362 /** 5363 * wiphy_register - register a wiphy with cfg80211 5364 * 5365 * @wiphy: The wiphy to register. 5366 * 5367 * Return: A non-negative wiphy index or a negative error code. 5368 */ 5369 int wiphy_register(struct wiphy *wiphy); 5370 5371 /* this is a define for better error reporting (file/line) */ 5372 #define lockdep_assert_wiphy(wiphy) lockdep_assert_held(&(wiphy)->mtx) 5373 5374 /** 5375 * rcu_dereference_wiphy - rcu_dereference with debug checking 5376 * @wiphy: the wiphy to check the locking on 5377 * @p: The pointer to read, prior to dereferencing 5378 * 5379 * Do an rcu_dereference(p), but check caller either holds rcu_read_lock() 5380 * or RTNL. Note: Please prefer wiphy_dereference() or rcu_dereference(). 5381 */ 5382 #define rcu_dereference_wiphy(wiphy, p) \ 5383 rcu_dereference_check(p, lockdep_is_held(&wiphy->mtx)) 5384 5385 /** 5386 * wiphy_dereference - fetch RCU pointer when updates are prevented by wiphy mtx 5387 * @wiphy: the wiphy to check the locking on 5388 * @p: The pointer to read, prior to dereferencing 5389 * 5390 * Return the value of the specified RCU-protected pointer, but omit the 5391 * READ_ONCE(), because caller holds the wiphy mutex used for updates. 5392 */ 5393 #define wiphy_dereference(wiphy, p) \ 5394 rcu_dereference_protected(p, lockdep_is_held(&wiphy->mtx)) 5395 5396 /** 5397 * get_wiphy_regdom - get custom regdomain for the given wiphy 5398 * @wiphy: the wiphy to get the regdomain from 5399 */ 5400 const struct ieee80211_regdomain *get_wiphy_regdom(struct wiphy *wiphy); 5401 5402 /** 5403 * wiphy_unregister - deregister a wiphy from cfg80211 5404 * 5405 * @wiphy: The wiphy to unregister. 5406 * 5407 * After this call, no more requests can be made with this priv 5408 * pointer, but the call may sleep to wait for an outstanding 5409 * request that is being handled. 5410 */ 5411 void wiphy_unregister(struct wiphy *wiphy); 5412 5413 /** 5414 * wiphy_free - free wiphy 5415 * 5416 * @wiphy: The wiphy to free 5417 */ 5418 void wiphy_free(struct wiphy *wiphy); 5419 5420 /* internal structs */ 5421 struct cfg80211_conn; 5422 struct cfg80211_internal_bss; 5423 struct cfg80211_cached_keys; 5424 struct cfg80211_cqm_config; 5425 5426 /** 5427 * wiphy_lock - lock the wiphy 5428 * @wiphy: the wiphy to lock 5429 * 5430 * This is mostly exposed so it can be done around registering and 5431 * unregistering netdevs that aren't created through cfg80211 calls, 5432 * since that requires locking in cfg80211 when the notifiers is 5433 * called, but that cannot differentiate which way it's called. 5434 * 5435 * When cfg80211 ops are called, the wiphy is already locked. 5436 */ 5437 static inline void wiphy_lock(struct wiphy *wiphy) 5438 __acquires(&wiphy->mtx) 5439 { 5440 mutex_lock(&wiphy->mtx); 5441 __acquire(&wiphy->mtx); 5442 } 5443 5444 /** 5445 * wiphy_unlock - unlock the wiphy again 5446 * @wiphy: the wiphy to unlock 5447 */ 5448 static inline void wiphy_unlock(struct wiphy *wiphy) 5449 __releases(&wiphy->mtx) 5450 { 5451 __release(&wiphy->mtx); 5452 mutex_unlock(&wiphy->mtx); 5453 } 5454 5455 /** 5456 * struct wireless_dev - wireless device state 5457 * 5458 * For netdevs, this structure must be allocated by the driver 5459 * that uses the ieee80211_ptr field in struct net_device (this 5460 * is intentional so it can be allocated along with the netdev.) 5461 * It need not be registered then as netdev registration will 5462 * be intercepted by cfg80211 to see the new wireless device, 5463 * however, drivers must lock the wiphy before registering or 5464 * unregistering netdevs if they pre-create any netdevs (in ops 5465 * called from cfg80211, the wiphy is already locked.) 5466 * 5467 * For non-netdev uses, it must also be allocated by the driver 5468 * in response to the cfg80211 callbacks that require it, as 5469 * there's no netdev registration in that case it may not be 5470 * allocated outside of callback operations that return it. 5471 * 5472 * @wiphy: pointer to hardware description 5473 * @iftype: interface type 5474 * @registered: is this wdev already registered with cfg80211 5475 * @registering: indicates we're doing registration under wiphy lock 5476 * for the notifier 5477 * @list: (private) Used to collect the interfaces 5478 * @netdev: (private) Used to reference back to the netdev, may be %NULL 5479 * @identifier: (private) Identifier used in nl80211 to identify this 5480 * wireless device if it has no netdev 5481 * @current_bss: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 5482 * @chandef: (private) Used by the internal configuration code to track 5483 * the user-set channel definition. 5484 * @preset_chandef: (private) Used by the internal configuration code to 5485 * track the channel to be used for AP later 5486 * @bssid: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 5487 * @ssid: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 5488 * @ssid_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 5489 * @mesh_id_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 5490 * @mesh_id_up_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 5491 * @wext: (private) Used by the internal wireless extensions compat code 5492 * @wext.ibss: (private) IBSS data part of wext handling 5493 * @wext.connect: (private) connection handling data 5494 * @wext.keys: (private) (WEP) key data 5495 * @wext.ie: (private) extra elements for association 5496 * @wext.ie_len: (private) length of extra elements 5497 * @wext.bssid: (private) selected network BSSID 5498 * @wext.ssid: (private) selected network SSID 5499 * @wext.default_key: (private) selected default key index 5500 * @wext.default_mgmt_key: (private) selected default management key index 5501 * @wext.prev_bssid: (private) previous BSSID for reassociation 5502 * @wext.prev_bssid_valid: (private) previous BSSID validity 5503 * @use_4addr: indicates 4addr mode is used on this interface, must be 5504 * set by driver (if supported) on add_interface BEFORE registering the 5505 * netdev and may otherwise be used by driver read-only, will be update 5506 * by cfg80211 on change_interface 5507 * @mgmt_registrations: list of registrations for management frames 5508 * @mgmt_registrations_need_update: mgmt registrations were updated, 5509 * need to propagate the update to the driver 5510 * @mtx: mutex used to lock data in this struct, may be used by drivers 5511 * and some API functions require it held 5512 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval used on this device for transmitting 5513 * beacons, 0 when not valid 5514 * @address: The address for this device, valid only if @netdev is %NULL 5515 * @is_running: true if this is a non-netdev device that has been started, e.g. 5516 * the P2P Device. 5517 * @cac_started: true if DFS channel availability check has been started 5518 * @cac_start_time: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered. 5519 * @cac_time_ms: CAC time in ms 5520 * @ps: powersave mode is enabled 5521 * @ps_timeout: dynamic powersave timeout 5522 * @ap_unexpected_nlportid: (private) netlink port ID of application 5523 * registered for unexpected class 3 frames (AP mode) 5524 * @conn: (private) cfg80211 software SME connection state machine data 5525 * @connect_keys: (private) keys to set after connection is established 5526 * @conn_bss_type: connecting/connected BSS type 5527 * @conn_owner_nlportid: (private) connection owner socket port ID 5528 * @disconnect_wk: (private) auto-disconnect work 5529 * @disconnect_bssid: (private) the BSSID to use for auto-disconnect 5530 * @ibss_fixed: (private) IBSS is using fixed BSSID 5531 * @ibss_dfs_possible: (private) IBSS may change to a DFS channel 5532 * @event_list: (private) list for internal event processing 5533 * @event_lock: (private) lock for event list 5534 * @owner_nlportid: (private) owner socket port ID 5535 * @nl_owner_dead: (private) owner socket went away 5536 * @cqm_config: (private) nl80211 RSSI monitor state 5537 * @pmsr_list: (private) peer measurement requests 5538 * @pmsr_lock: (private) peer measurements requests/results lock 5539 * @pmsr_free_wk: (private) peer measurements cleanup work 5540 * @unprot_beacon_reported: (private) timestamp of last 5541 * unprotected beacon report 5542 */ 5543 struct wireless_dev { 5544 struct wiphy *wiphy; 5545 enum nl80211_iftype iftype; 5546 5547 /* the remainder of this struct should be private to cfg80211 */ 5548 struct list_head list; 5549 struct net_device *netdev; 5550 5551 u32 identifier; 5552 5553 struct list_head mgmt_registrations; 5554 u8 mgmt_registrations_need_update:1; 5555 5556 struct mutex mtx; 5557 5558 bool use_4addr, is_running, registered, registering; 5559 5560 u8 address[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(sizeof(u16)); 5561 5562 /* currently used for IBSS and SME - might be rearranged later */ 5563 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 5564 u8 ssid_len, mesh_id_len, mesh_id_up_len; 5565 struct cfg80211_conn *conn; 5566 struct cfg80211_cached_keys *connect_keys; 5567 enum ieee80211_bss_type conn_bss_type; 5568 u32 conn_owner_nlportid; 5569 5570 struct work_struct disconnect_wk; 5571 u8 disconnect_bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 5572 5573 struct list_head event_list; 5574 spinlock_t event_lock; 5575 5576 struct cfg80211_internal_bss *current_bss; /* associated / joined */ 5577 struct cfg80211_chan_def preset_chandef; 5578 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 5579 5580 bool ibss_fixed; 5581 bool ibss_dfs_possible; 5582 5583 bool ps; 5584 int ps_timeout; 5585 5586 int beacon_interval; 5587 5588 u32 ap_unexpected_nlportid; 5589 5590 u32 owner_nlportid; 5591 bool nl_owner_dead; 5592 5593 bool cac_started; 5594 unsigned long cac_start_time; 5595 unsigned int cac_time_ms; 5596 5597 #ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT 5598 /* wext data */ 5599 struct { 5600 struct cfg80211_ibss_params ibss; 5601 struct cfg80211_connect_params connect; 5602 struct cfg80211_cached_keys *keys; 5603 const u8 *ie; 5604 size_t ie_len; 5605 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 5606 u8 prev_bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 5607 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 5608 s8 default_key, default_mgmt_key; 5609 bool prev_bssid_valid; 5610 } wext; 5611 #endif 5612 5613 struct cfg80211_cqm_config *cqm_config; 5614 5615 struct list_head pmsr_list; 5616 spinlock_t pmsr_lock; 5617 struct work_struct pmsr_free_wk; 5618 5619 unsigned long unprot_beacon_reported; 5620 }; 5621 5622 static inline const u8 *wdev_address(struct wireless_dev *wdev) 5623 { 5624 if (wdev->netdev) 5625 return wdev->netdev->dev_addr; 5626 return wdev->address; 5627 } 5628 5629 static inline bool wdev_running(struct wireless_dev *wdev) 5630 { 5631 if (wdev->netdev) 5632 return netif_running(wdev->netdev); 5633 return wdev->is_running; 5634 } 5635 5636 /** 5637 * wdev_priv - return wiphy priv from wireless_dev 5638 * 5639 * @wdev: The wireless device whose wiphy's priv pointer to return 5640 * Return: The wiphy priv of @wdev. 5641 */ 5642 static inline void *wdev_priv(struct wireless_dev *wdev) 5643 { 5644 BUG_ON(!wdev); 5645 return wiphy_priv(wdev->wiphy); 5646 } 5647 5648 /** 5649 * DOC: Utility functions 5650 * 5651 * cfg80211 offers a number of utility functions that can be useful. 5652 */ 5653 5654 /** 5655 * ieee80211_channel_equal - compare two struct ieee80211_channel 5656 * 5657 * @a: 1st struct ieee80211_channel 5658 * @b: 2nd struct ieee80211_channel 5659 * Return: true if center frequency of @a == @b 5660 */ 5661 static inline bool 5662 ieee80211_channel_equal(struct ieee80211_channel *a, 5663 struct ieee80211_channel *b) 5664 { 5665 return (a->center_freq == b->center_freq && 5666 a->freq_offset == b->freq_offset); 5667 } 5668 5669 /** 5670 * ieee80211_channel_to_khz - convert ieee80211_channel to frequency in KHz 5671 * @chan: struct ieee80211_channel to convert 5672 * Return: The corresponding frequency (in KHz) 5673 */ 5674 static inline u32 5675 ieee80211_channel_to_khz(const struct ieee80211_channel *chan) 5676 { 5677 return MHZ_TO_KHZ(chan->center_freq) + chan->freq_offset; 5678 } 5679 5680 /** 5681 * ieee80211_s1g_channel_width - get allowed channel width from @chan 5682 * 5683 * Only allowed for band NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ 5684 * @chan: channel 5685 * Return: The allowed channel width for this center_freq 5686 */ 5687 enum nl80211_chan_width 5688 ieee80211_s1g_channel_width(const struct ieee80211_channel *chan); 5689 5690 /** 5691 * ieee80211_channel_to_freq_khz - convert channel number to frequency 5692 * @chan: channel number 5693 * @band: band, necessary due to channel number overlap 5694 * Return: The corresponding frequency (in KHz), or 0 if the conversion failed. 5695 */ 5696 u32 ieee80211_channel_to_freq_khz(int chan, enum nl80211_band band); 5697 5698 /** 5699 * ieee80211_channel_to_frequency - convert channel number to frequency 5700 * @chan: channel number 5701 * @band: band, necessary due to channel number overlap 5702 * Return: The corresponding frequency (in MHz), or 0 if the conversion failed. 5703 */ 5704 static inline int 5705 ieee80211_channel_to_frequency(int chan, enum nl80211_band band) 5706 { 5707 return KHZ_TO_MHZ(ieee80211_channel_to_freq_khz(chan, band)); 5708 } 5709 5710 /** 5711 * ieee80211_freq_khz_to_channel - convert frequency to channel number 5712 * @freq: center frequency in KHz 5713 * Return: The corresponding channel, or 0 if the conversion failed. 5714 */ 5715 int ieee80211_freq_khz_to_channel(u32 freq); 5716 5717 /** 5718 * ieee80211_frequency_to_channel - convert frequency to channel number 5719 * @freq: center frequency in MHz 5720 * Return: The corresponding channel, or 0 if the conversion failed. 5721 */ 5722 static inline int 5723 ieee80211_frequency_to_channel(int freq) 5724 { 5725 return ieee80211_freq_khz_to_channel(MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq)); 5726 } 5727 5728 /** 5729 * ieee80211_get_channel_khz - get channel struct from wiphy for specified 5730 * frequency 5731 * @wiphy: the struct wiphy to get the channel for 5732 * @freq: the center frequency (in KHz) of the channel 5733 * Return: The channel struct from @wiphy at @freq. 5734 */ 5735 struct ieee80211_channel * 5736 ieee80211_get_channel_khz(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 freq); 5737 5738 /** 5739 * ieee80211_get_channel - get channel struct from wiphy for specified frequency 5740 * 5741 * @wiphy: the struct wiphy to get the channel for 5742 * @freq: the center frequency (in MHz) of the channel 5743 * Return: The channel struct from @wiphy at @freq. 5744 */ 5745 static inline struct ieee80211_channel * 5746 ieee80211_get_channel(struct wiphy *wiphy, int freq) 5747 { 5748 return ieee80211_get_channel_khz(wiphy, MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq)); 5749 } 5750 5751 /** 5752 * cfg80211_channel_is_psc - Check if the channel is a 6 GHz PSC 5753 * @chan: control channel to check 5754 * 5755 * The Preferred Scanning Channels (PSC) are defined in 5756 * Draft IEEE P802.11ax/D5.0, 26.17.2.3.3 5757 */ 5758 static inline bool cfg80211_channel_is_psc(struct ieee80211_channel *chan) 5759 { 5760 if (chan->band != NL80211_BAND_6GHZ) 5761 return false; 5762 5763 return ieee80211_frequency_to_channel(chan->center_freq) % 16 == 5; 5764 } 5765 5766 /** 5767 * ieee80211_get_response_rate - get basic rate for a given rate 5768 * 5769 * @sband: the band to look for rates in 5770 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates 5771 * @bitrate: the bitrate for which to find the basic rate 5772 * 5773 * Return: The basic rate corresponding to a given bitrate, that 5774 * is the next lower bitrate contained in the basic rate map, 5775 * which is, for this function, given as a bitmap of indices of 5776 * rates in the band's bitrate table. 5777 */ 5778 const struct ieee80211_rate * 5779 ieee80211_get_response_rate(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 5780 u32 basic_rates, int bitrate); 5781 5782 /** 5783 * ieee80211_mandatory_rates - get mandatory rates for a given band 5784 * @sband: the band to look for rates in 5785 * @scan_width: width of the control channel 5786 * 5787 * This function returns a bitmap of the mandatory rates for the given 5788 * band, bits are set according to the rate position in the bitrates array. 5789 */ 5790 u32 ieee80211_mandatory_rates(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 5791 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width); 5792 5793 /* 5794 * Radiotap parsing functions -- for controlled injection support 5795 * 5796 * Implemented in net/wireless/radiotap.c 5797 * Documentation in Documentation/networking/radiotap-headers.rst 5798 */ 5799 5800 struct radiotap_align_size { 5801 uint8_t align:4, size:4; 5802 }; 5803 5804 struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace { 5805 const struct radiotap_align_size *align_size; 5806 int n_bits; 5807 uint32_t oui; 5808 uint8_t subns; 5809 }; 5810 5811 struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces { 5812 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *ns; 5813 int n_ns; 5814 }; 5815 5816 /** 5817 * struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator - tracks walk thru present radiotap args 5818 * @this_arg_index: index of current arg, valid after each successful call 5819 * to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next() 5820 * @this_arg: pointer to current radiotap arg; it is valid after each 5821 * call to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next() but also after 5822 * ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init() where it will point to 5823 * the beginning of the actual data portion 5824 * @this_arg_size: length of the current arg, for convenience 5825 * @current_namespace: pointer to the current namespace definition 5826 * (or internally %NULL if the current namespace is unknown) 5827 * @is_radiotap_ns: indicates whether the current namespace is the default 5828 * radiotap namespace or not 5829 * 5830 * @_rtheader: pointer to the radiotap header we are walking through 5831 * @_max_length: length of radiotap header in cpu byte ordering 5832 * @_arg_index: next argument index 5833 * @_arg: next argument pointer 5834 * @_next_bitmap: internal pointer to next present u32 5835 * @_bitmap_shifter: internal shifter for curr u32 bitmap, b0 set == arg present 5836 * @_vns: vendor namespace definitions 5837 * @_next_ns_data: beginning of the next namespace's data 5838 * @_reset_on_ext: internal; reset the arg index to 0 when going to the 5839 * next bitmap word 5840 * 5841 * Describes the radiotap parser state. Fields prefixed with an underscore 5842 * must not be used by users of the parser, only by the parser internally. 5843 */ 5844 5845 struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator { 5846 struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *_rtheader; 5847 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *_vns; 5848 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *current_namespace; 5849 5850 unsigned char *_arg, *_next_ns_data; 5851 __le32 *_next_bitmap; 5852 5853 unsigned char *this_arg; 5854 int this_arg_index; 5855 int this_arg_size; 5856 5857 int is_radiotap_ns; 5858 5859 int _max_length; 5860 int _arg_index; 5861 uint32_t _bitmap_shifter; 5862 int _reset_on_ext; 5863 }; 5864 5865 int 5866 ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator, 5867 struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *radiotap_header, 5868 int max_length, 5869 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *vns); 5870 5871 int 5872 ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator); 5873 5874 5875 extern const unsigned char rfc1042_header[6]; 5876 extern const unsigned char bridge_tunnel_header[6]; 5877 5878 /** 5879 * ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb - get header length from data 5880 * 5881 * @skb: the frame 5882 * 5883 * Given an skb with a raw 802.11 header at the data pointer this function 5884 * returns the 802.11 header length. 5885 * 5886 * Return: The 802.11 header length in bytes (not including encryption 5887 * headers). Or 0 if the data in the sk_buff is too short to contain a valid 5888 * 802.11 header. 5889 */ 5890 unsigned int ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb(const struct sk_buff *skb); 5891 5892 /** 5893 * ieee80211_hdrlen - get header length in bytes from frame control 5894 * @fc: frame control field in little-endian format 5895 * Return: The header length in bytes. 5896 */ 5897 unsigned int __attribute_const__ ieee80211_hdrlen(__le16 fc); 5898 5899 /** 5900 * ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen - get mesh extension header length 5901 * @meshhdr: the mesh extension header, only the flags field 5902 * (first byte) will be accessed 5903 * Return: The length of the extension header, which is always at 5904 * least 6 bytes and at most 18 if address 5 and 6 are present. 5905 */ 5906 unsigned int ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen(struct ieee80211s_hdr *meshhdr); 5907 5908 /** 5909 * DOC: Data path helpers 5910 * 5911 * In addition to generic utilities, cfg80211 also offers 5912 * functions that help implement the data path for devices 5913 * that do not do the 802.11/802.3 conversion on the device. 5914 */ 5915 5916 /** 5917 * ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3 5918 * @skb: the 802.11 data frame 5919 * @ehdr: pointer to a &struct ethhdr that will get the header, instead 5920 * of it being pushed into the SKB 5921 * @addr: the device MAC address 5922 * @iftype: the virtual interface type 5923 * @data_offset: offset of payload after the 802.11 header 5924 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 5925 */ 5926 int ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(struct sk_buff *skb, struct ethhdr *ehdr, 5927 const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype, 5928 u8 data_offset, bool is_amsdu); 5929 5930 /** 5931 * ieee80211_data_to_8023 - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3 5932 * @skb: the 802.11 data frame 5933 * @addr: the device MAC address 5934 * @iftype: the virtual interface type 5935 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 5936 */ 5937 static inline int ieee80211_data_to_8023(struct sk_buff *skb, const u8 *addr, 5938 enum nl80211_iftype iftype) 5939 { 5940 return ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(skb, NULL, addr, iftype, 0, false); 5941 } 5942 5943 /** 5944 * ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s - decode an IEEE 802.11n A-MSDU frame 5945 * 5946 * Decode an IEEE 802.11 A-MSDU and convert it to a list of 802.3 frames. 5947 * The @list will be empty if the decode fails. The @skb must be fully 5948 * header-less before being passed in here; it is freed in this function. 5949 * 5950 * @skb: The input A-MSDU frame without any headers. 5951 * @list: The output list of 802.3 frames. It must be allocated and 5952 * initialized by the caller. 5953 * @addr: The device MAC address. 5954 * @iftype: The device interface type. 5955 * @extra_headroom: The hardware extra headroom for SKBs in the @list. 5956 * @check_da: DA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL 5957 * @check_sa: SA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL 5958 */ 5959 void ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s(struct sk_buff *skb, struct sk_buff_head *list, 5960 const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype, 5961 const unsigned int extra_headroom, 5962 const u8 *check_da, const u8 *check_sa); 5963 5964 /** 5965 * cfg80211_classify8021d - determine the 802.1p/1d tag for a data frame 5966 * @skb: the data frame 5967 * @qos_map: Interworking QoS mapping or %NULL if not in use 5968 * Return: The 802.1p/1d tag. 5969 */ 5970 unsigned int cfg80211_classify8021d(struct sk_buff *skb, 5971 struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map); 5972 5973 /** 5974 * cfg80211_find_elem_match - match information element and byte array in data 5975 * 5976 * @eid: element ID 5977 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5978 * @len: length of data 5979 * @match: byte array to match 5980 * @match_len: number of bytes in the match array 5981 * @match_offset: offset in the IE data where the byte array should match. 5982 * Note the difference to cfg80211_find_ie_match() which considers 5983 * the offset to start from the element ID byte, but here we take 5984 * the data portion instead. 5985 * 5986 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 5987 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 5988 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the 5989 * requested element struct. 5990 * 5991 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 5992 * having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the 5993 * byte array to match. 5994 */ 5995 const struct element * 5996 cfg80211_find_elem_match(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, unsigned int len, 5997 const u8 *match, unsigned int match_len, 5998 unsigned int match_offset); 5999 6000 /** 6001 * cfg80211_find_ie_match - match information element and byte array in data 6002 * 6003 * @eid: element ID 6004 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 6005 * @len: length of data 6006 * @match: byte array to match 6007 * @match_len: number of bytes in the match array 6008 * @match_offset: offset in the IE where the byte array should match. 6009 * If match_len is zero, this must also be set to zero. 6010 * Otherwise this must be set to 2 or more, because the first 6011 * byte is the element id, which is already compared to eid, and 6012 * the second byte is the IE length. 6013 * 6014 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 6015 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 6016 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match, or a pointer to the first 6017 * byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the 6018 * element ID. 6019 * 6020 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 6021 * having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the 6022 * byte array to match. 6023 */ 6024 static inline const u8 * 6025 cfg80211_find_ie_match(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, unsigned int len, 6026 const u8 *match, unsigned int match_len, 6027 unsigned int match_offset) 6028 { 6029 /* match_offset can't be smaller than 2, unless match_len is 6030 * zero, in which case match_offset must be zero as well. 6031 */ 6032 if (WARN_ON((match_len && match_offset < 2) || 6033 (!match_len && match_offset))) 6034 return NULL; 6035 6036 return (const void *)cfg80211_find_elem_match(eid, ies, len, 6037 match, match_len, 6038 match_offset ? 6039 match_offset - 2 : 0); 6040 } 6041 6042 /** 6043 * cfg80211_find_elem - find information element in data 6044 * 6045 * @eid: element ID 6046 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 6047 * @len: length of data 6048 * 6049 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 6050 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 6051 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the 6052 * requested element struct. 6053 * 6054 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 6055 * having to fit into the given data. 6056 */ 6057 static inline const struct element * 6058 cfg80211_find_elem(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 6059 { 6060 return cfg80211_find_elem_match(eid, ies, len, NULL, 0, 0); 6061 } 6062 6063 /** 6064 * cfg80211_find_ie - find information element in data 6065 * 6066 * @eid: element ID 6067 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 6068 * @len: length of data 6069 * 6070 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 6071 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 6072 * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested 6073 * element, that is the byte containing the element ID. 6074 * 6075 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 6076 * having to fit into the given data. 6077 */ 6078 static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ie(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 6079 { 6080 return cfg80211_find_ie_match(eid, ies, len, NULL, 0, 0); 6081 } 6082 6083 /** 6084 * cfg80211_find_ext_elem - find information element with EID Extension in data 6085 * 6086 * @ext_eid: element ID Extension 6087 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 6088 * @len: length of data 6089 * 6090 * Return: %NULL if the etended element could not be found or if 6091 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 6092 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the 6093 * requested element struct. 6094 * 6095 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 6096 * having to fit into the given data. 6097 */ 6098 static inline const struct element * 6099 cfg80211_find_ext_elem(u8 ext_eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 6100 { 6101 return cfg80211_find_elem_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION, ies, len, 6102 &ext_eid, 1, 0); 6103 } 6104 6105 /** 6106 * cfg80211_find_ext_ie - find information element with EID Extension in data 6107 * 6108 * @ext_eid: element ID Extension 6109 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 6110 * @len: length of data 6111 * 6112 * Return: %NULL if the extended element ID could not be found or if 6113 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 6114 * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested 6115 * element, that is the byte containing the element ID. 6116 * 6117 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 6118 * having to fit into the given data. 6119 */ 6120 static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ext_ie(u8 ext_eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 6121 { 6122 return cfg80211_find_ie_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION, ies, len, 6123 &ext_eid, 1, 2); 6124 } 6125 6126 /** 6127 * cfg80211_find_vendor_elem - find vendor specific information element in data 6128 * 6129 * @oui: vendor OUI 6130 * @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any 6131 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 6132 * @len: length of data 6133 * 6134 * Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the 6135 * element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data); otherwise 6136 * return the element structure for the requested element. 6137 * 6138 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into 6139 * the given data. 6140 */ 6141 const struct element *cfg80211_find_vendor_elem(unsigned int oui, int oui_type, 6142 const u8 *ies, 6143 unsigned int len); 6144 6145 /** 6146 * cfg80211_find_vendor_ie - find vendor specific information element in data 6147 * 6148 * @oui: vendor OUI 6149 * @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any 6150 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 6151 * @len: length of data 6152 * 6153 * Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the 6154 * element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data), or a pointer to 6155 * the first byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the 6156 * element ID. 6157 * 6158 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into 6159 * the given data. 6160 */ 6161 static inline const u8 * 6162 cfg80211_find_vendor_ie(unsigned int oui, int oui_type, 6163 const u8 *ies, unsigned int len) 6164 { 6165 return (const void *)cfg80211_find_vendor_elem(oui, oui_type, ies, len); 6166 } 6167 6168 /** 6169 * cfg80211_send_layer2_update - send layer 2 update frame 6170 * 6171 * @dev: network device 6172 * @addr: STA MAC address 6173 * 6174 * Wireless drivers can use this function to update forwarding tables in bridge 6175 * devices upon STA association. 6176 */ 6177 void cfg80211_send_layer2_update(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr); 6178 6179 /** 6180 * DOC: Regulatory enforcement infrastructure 6181 * 6182 * TODO 6183 */ 6184 6185 /** 6186 * regulatory_hint - driver hint to the wireless core a regulatory domain 6187 * @wiphy: the wireless device giving the hint (used only for reporting 6188 * conflicts) 6189 * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 the driver claims its regulatory domain 6190 * should be in. If @rd is set this should be NULL. Note that if you 6191 * set this to NULL you should still set rd->alpha2 to some accepted 6192 * alpha2. 6193 * 6194 * Wireless drivers can use this function to hint to the wireless core 6195 * what it believes should be the current regulatory domain by 6196 * giving it an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country code it knows its regulatory 6197 * domain should be in or by providing a completely build regulatory domain. 6198 * If the driver provides an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 userspace will be queried 6199 * for a regulatory domain structure for the respective country. 6200 * 6201 * The wiphy must have been registered to cfg80211 prior to this call. 6202 * For cfg80211 drivers this means you must first use wiphy_register(), 6203 * for mac80211 drivers you must first use ieee80211_register_hw(). 6204 * 6205 * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get 6206 * an -ENOMEM. 6207 * 6208 * Return: 0 on success. -ENOMEM. 6209 */ 6210 int regulatory_hint(struct wiphy *wiphy, const char *alpha2); 6211 6212 /** 6213 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd - set regdom info for self managed drivers 6214 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on 6215 * @rd: the regulatory domain informatoin to use for this wiphy 6216 * 6217 * Set the regulatory domain information for self-managed wiphys, only they 6218 * may use this function. See %REGULATORY_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED for more 6219 * information. 6220 * 6221 * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM 6222 */ 6223 int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6224 struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd); 6225 6226 /** 6227 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync - set regdom for self-managed drivers 6228 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on 6229 * @rd: the regulatory domain information to use for this wiphy 6230 * 6231 * This functions requires the RTNL and the wiphy mutex to be held and 6232 * applies the new regdomain synchronously to this wiphy. For more details 6233 * see regulatory_set_wiphy_regd(). 6234 * 6235 * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM 6236 */ 6237 int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6238 struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd); 6239 6240 /** 6241 * wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory - apply a custom driver regulatory domain 6242 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on 6243 * @regd: the custom regulatory domain to use for this wiphy 6244 * 6245 * Drivers can sometimes have custom regulatory domains which do not apply 6246 * to a specific country. Drivers can use this to apply such custom regulatory 6247 * domains. This routine must be called prior to wiphy registration. The 6248 * custom regulatory domain will be trusted completely and as such previous 6249 * default channel settings will be disregarded. If no rule is found for a 6250 * channel on the regulatory domain the channel will be disabled. 6251 * Drivers using this for a wiphy should also set the wiphy flag 6252 * REGULATORY_CUSTOM_REG or cfg80211 will set it for the wiphy 6253 * that called this helper. 6254 */ 6255 void wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6256 const struct ieee80211_regdomain *regd); 6257 6258 /** 6259 * freq_reg_info - get regulatory information for the given frequency 6260 * @wiphy: the wiphy for which we want to process this rule for 6261 * @center_freq: Frequency in KHz for which we want regulatory information for 6262 * 6263 * Use this function to get the regulatory rule for a specific frequency on 6264 * a given wireless device. If the device has a specific regulatory domain 6265 * it wants to follow we respect that unless a country IE has been received 6266 * and processed already. 6267 * 6268 * Return: A valid pointer, or, when an error occurs, for example if no rule 6269 * can be found, the return value is encoded using ERR_PTR(). Use IS_ERR() to 6270 * check and PTR_ERR() to obtain the numeric return value. The numeric return 6271 * value will be -ERANGE if we determine the given center_freq does not even 6272 * have a regulatory rule for a frequency range in the center_freq's band. 6273 * See freq_in_rule_band() for our current definition of a band -- this is 6274 * purely subjective and right now it's 802.11 specific. 6275 */ 6276 const struct ieee80211_reg_rule *freq_reg_info(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6277 u32 center_freq); 6278 6279 /** 6280 * reg_initiator_name - map regulatory request initiator enum to name 6281 * @initiator: the regulatory request initiator 6282 * 6283 * You can use this to map the regulatory request initiator enum to a 6284 * proper string representation. 6285 */ 6286 const char *reg_initiator_name(enum nl80211_reg_initiator initiator); 6287 6288 /** 6289 * regulatory_pre_cac_allowed - check if pre-CAC allowed in the current regdom 6290 * @wiphy: wiphy for which pre-CAC capability is checked. 6291 * 6292 * Pre-CAC is allowed only in some regdomains (notable ETSI). 6293 */ 6294 bool regulatory_pre_cac_allowed(struct wiphy *wiphy); 6295 6296 /** 6297 * DOC: Internal regulatory db functions 6298 * 6299 */ 6300 6301 /** 6302 * reg_query_regdb_wmm - Query internal regulatory db for wmm rule 6303 * Regulatory self-managed driver can use it to proactively 6304 * 6305 * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 wmm rule to be queried. 6306 * @freq: the freqency(in MHz) to be queried. 6307 * @rule: pointer to store the wmm rule from the regulatory db. 6308 * 6309 * Self-managed wireless drivers can use this function to query 6310 * the internal regulatory database to check whether the given 6311 * ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country and freq have wmm rule limitations. 6312 * 6313 * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get 6314 * an -ENODATA. 6315 * 6316 * Return: 0 on success. -ENODATA. 6317 */ 6318 int reg_query_regdb_wmm(char *alpha2, int freq, 6319 struct ieee80211_reg_rule *rule); 6320 6321 /* 6322 * callbacks for asynchronous cfg80211 methods, notification 6323 * functions and BSS handling helpers 6324 */ 6325 6326 /** 6327 * cfg80211_scan_done - notify that scan finished 6328 * 6329 * @request: the corresponding scan request 6330 * @info: information about the completed scan 6331 */ 6332 void cfg80211_scan_done(struct cfg80211_scan_request *request, 6333 struct cfg80211_scan_info *info); 6334 6335 /** 6336 * cfg80211_sched_scan_results - notify that new scan results are available 6337 * 6338 * @wiphy: the wiphy which got scheduled scan results 6339 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request 6340 */ 6341 void cfg80211_sched_scan_results(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); 6342 6343 /** 6344 * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped 6345 * 6346 * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped 6347 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request 6348 * 6349 * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the 6350 * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason. The driver 6351 * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done. 6352 */ 6353 void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); 6354 6355 /** 6356 * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_locked - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped 6357 * 6358 * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped 6359 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request 6360 * 6361 * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the 6362 * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason. The driver 6363 * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done. 6364 * This function should be called with the wiphy mutex held. 6365 */ 6366 void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_locked(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); 6367 6368 /** 6369 * cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data - inform cfg80211 of a received BSS frame 6370 * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS 6371 * @data: the BSS metadata 6372 * @mgmt: the management frame (probe response or beacon) 6373 * @len: length of the management frame 6374 * @gfp: context flags 6375 * 6376 * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and 6377 * the BSS should be updated/added. 6378 * 6379 * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()! 6380 * Or %NULL on error. 6381 */ 6382 struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 6383 cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6384 struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data, 6385 struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len, 6386 gfp_t gfp); 6387 6388 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 6389 cfg80211_inform_bss_width_frame(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6390 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 6391 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width, 6392 struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len, 6393 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 6394 { 6395 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 6396 .chan = rx_channel, 6397 .scan_width = scan_width, 6398 .signal = signal, 6399 }; 6400 6401 return cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(wiphy, &data, mgmt, len, gfp); 6402 } 6403 6404 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 6405 cfg80211_inform_bss_frame(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6406 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 6407 struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len, 6408 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 6409 { 6410 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 6411 .chan = rx_channel, 6412 .scan_width = NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20, 6413 .signal = signal, 6414 }; 6415 6416 return cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(wiphy, &data, mgmt, len, gfp); 6417 } 6418 6419 /** 6420 * cfg80211_gen_new_bssid - generate a nontransmitted BSSID for multi-BSSID 6421 * @bssid: transmitter BSSID 6422 * @max_bssid: max BSSID indicator, taken from Multiple BSSID element 6423 * @mbssid_index: BSSID index, taken from Multiple BSSID index element 6424 * @new_bssid: calculated nontransmitted BSSID 6425 */ 6426 static inline void cfg80211_gen_new_bssid(const u8 *bssid, u8 max_bssid, 6427 u8 mbssid_index, u8 *new_bssid) 6428 { 6429 u64 bssid_u64 = ether_addr_to_u64(bssid); 6430 u64 mask = GENMASK_ULL(max_bssid - 1, 0); 6431 u64 new_bssid_u64; 6432 6433 new_bssid_u64 = bssid_u64 & ~mask; 6434 6435 new_bssid_u64 |= ((bssid_u64 & mask) + mbssid_index) & mask; 6436 6437 u64_to_ether_addr(new_bssid_u64, new_bssid); 6438 } 6439 6440 /** 6441 * cfg80211_is_element_inherited - returns if element ID should be inherited 6442 * @element: element to check 6443 * @non_inherit_element: non inheritance element 6444 */ 6445 bool cfg80211_is_element_inherited(const struct element *element, 6446 const struct element *non_inherit_element); 6447 6448 /** 6449 * cfg80211_merge_profile - merges a MBSSID profile if it is split between IEs 6450 * @ie: ies 6451 * @ielen: length of IEs 6452 * @mbssid_elem: current MBSSID element 6453 * @sub_elem: current MBSSID subelement (profile) 6454 * @merged_ie: location of the merged profile 6455 * @max_copy_len: max merged profile length 6456 */ 6457 size_t cfg80211_merge_profile(const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 6458 const struct element *mbssid_elem, 6459 const struct element *sub_elem, 6460 u8 *merged_ie, size_t max_copy_len); 6461 6462 /** 6463 * enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type - frame type that the BSS data came from 6464 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN: driver doesn't know whether the data is 6465 * from a beacon or probe response 6466 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON: data comes from a beacon 6467 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP: data comes from a probe response 6468 */ 6469 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type { 6470 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN, 6471 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON, 6472 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP, 6473 }; 6474 6475 /** 6476 * cfg80211_get_ies_channel_number - returns the channel number from ies 6477 * @ie: IEs 6478 * @ielen: length of IEs 6479 * @band: enum nl80211_band of the channel 6480 * @ftype: frame type 6481 * 6482 * Returns the channel number, or -1 if none could be determined. 6483 */ 6484 int cfg80211_get_ies_channel_number(const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 6485 enum nl80211_band band, 6486 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype); 6487 6488 /** 6489 * cfg80211_inform_bss_data - inform cfg80211 of a new BSS 6490 * 6491 * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS 6492 * @data: the BSS metadata 6493 * @ftype: frame type (if known) 6494 * @bssid: the BSSID of the BSS 6495 * @tsf: the TSF sent by the peer in the beacon/probe response (or 0) 6496 * @capability: the capability field sent by the peer 6497 * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval announced by the peer 6498 * @ie: additional IEs sent by the peer 6499 * @ielen: length of the additional IEs 6500 * @gfp: context flags 6501 * 6502 * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and 6503 * the BSS should be updated/added. 6504 * 6505 * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()! 6506 * Or %NULL on error. 6507 */ 6508 struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 6509 cfg80211_inform_bss_data(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6510 struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data, 6511 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype, 6512 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability, 6513 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 6514 gfp_t gfp); 6515 6516 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 6517 cfg80211_inform_bss_width(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6518 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 6519 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width, 6520 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype, 6521 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability, 6522 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 6523 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 6524 { 6525 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 6526 .chan = rx_channel, 6527 .scan_width = scan_width, 6528 .signal = signal, 6529 }; 6530 6531 return cfg80211_inform_bss_data(wiphy, &data, ftype, bssid, tsf, 6532 capability, beacon_interval, ie, ielen, 6533 gfp); 6534 } 6535 6536 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 6537 cfg80211_inform_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6538 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 6539 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype, 6540 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability, 6541 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 6542 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 6543 { 6544 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 6545 .chan = rx_channel, 6546 .scan_width = NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20, 6547 .signal = signal, 6548 }; 6549 6550 return cfg80211_inform_bss_data(wiphy, &data, ftype, bssid, tsf, 6551 capability, beacon_interval, ie, ielen, 6552 gfp); 6553 } 6554 6555 /** 6556 * cfg80211_get_bss - get a BSS reference 6557 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to 6558 * @channel: the channel to search on (or %NULL) 6559 * @bssid: the desired BSSID (or %NULL) 6560 * @ssid: the desired SSID (or %NULL) 6561 * @ssid_len: length of the SSID (or 0) 6562 * @bss_type: type of BSS, see &enum ieee80211_bss_type 6563 * @privacy: privacy filter, see &enum ieee80211_privacy 6564 */ 6565 struct cfg80211_bss *cfg80211_get_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6566 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, 6567 const u8 *bssid, 6568 const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len, 6569 enum ieee80211_bss_type bss_type, 6570 enum ieee80211_privacy privacy); 6571 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * 6572 cfg80211_get_ibss(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6573 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, 6574 const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len) 6575 { 6576 return cfg80211_get_bss(wiphy, channel, NULL, ssid, ssid_len, 6577 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS, 6578 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY); 6579 } 6580 6581 /** 6582 * cfg80211_ref_bss - reference BSS struct 6583 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to 6584 * @bss: the BSS struct to reference 6585 * 6586 * Increments the refcount of the given BSS struct. 6587 */ 6588 void cfg80211_ref_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 6589 6590 /** 6591 * cfg80211_put_bss - unref BSS struct 6592 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to 6593 * @bss: the BSS struct 6594 * 6595 * Decrements the refcount of the given BSS struct. 6596 */ 6597 void cfg80211_put_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 6598 6599 /** 6600 * cfg80211_unlink_bss - unlink BSS from internal data structures 6601 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6602 * @bss: the bss to remove 6603 * 6604 * This function removes the given BSS from the internal data structures 6605 * thereby making it no longer show up in scan results etc. Use this 6606 * function when you detect a BSS is gone. Normally BSSes will also time 6607 * out, so it is not necessary to use this function at all. 6608 */ 6609 void cfg80211_unlink_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 6610 6611 /** 6612 * cfg80211_bss_iter - iterate all BSS entries 6613 * 6614 * This function iterates over the BSS entries associated with the given wiphy 6615 * and calls the callback for the iterated BSS. The iterator function is not 6616 * allowed to call functions that might modify the internal state of the BSS DB. 6617 * 6618 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6619 * @chandef: if given, the iterator function will be called only if the channel 6620 * of the currently iterated BSS is a subset of the given channel. 6621 * @iter: the iterator function to call 6622 * @iter_data: an argument to the iterator function 6623 */ 6624 void cfg80211_bss_iter(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6625 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 6626 void (*iter)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6627 struct cfg80211_bss *bss, 6628 void *data), 6629 void *iter_data); 6630 6631 static inline enum nl80211_bss_scan_width 6632 cfg80211_chandef_to_scan_width(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 6633 { 6634 switch (chandef->width) { 6635 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 6636 return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5; 6637 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 6638 return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10; 6639 default: 6640 return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20; 6641 } 6642 } 6643 6644 /** 6645 * cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt - notification of processed MLME management frame 6646 * @dev: network device 6647 * @buf: authentication frame (header + body) 6648 * @len: length of the frame data 6649 * 6650 * This function is called whenever an authentication, disassociation or 6651 * deauthentication frame has been received and processed in station mode. 6652 * After being asked to authenticate via cfg80211_ops::auth() the driver must 6653 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). 6654 * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must 6655 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). 6656 * While connected, the driver must calls this for received and processed 6657 * disassociation and deauthentication frames. If the frame couldn't be used 6658 * because it was unprotected, the driver must call the function 6659 * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt() instead. 6660 * 6661 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 6662 */ 6663 void cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len); 6664 6665 /** 6666 * cfg80211_auth_timeout - notification of timed out authentication 6667 * @dev: network device 6668 * @addr: The MAC address of the device with which the authentication timed out 6669 * 6670 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's 6671 * mutex. 6672 */ 6673 void cfg80211_auth_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr); 6674 6675 /** 6676 * cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp - notification of processed association response 6677 * @dev: network device 6678 * @bss: the BSS that association was requested with, ownership of the pointer 6679 * moves to cfg80211 in this call 6680 * @buf: (Re)Association Response frame (header + body) 6681 * @len: length of the frame data 6682 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. Same format 6683 * as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field 6684 * @req_ies: information elements from the (Re)Association Request frame 6685 * @req_ies_len: length of req_ies data 6686 * 6687 * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must 6688 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). 6689 * 6690 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 6691 */ 6692 void cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp(struct net_device *dev, 6693 struct cfg80211_bss *bss, 6694 const u8 *buf, size_t len, 6695 int uapsd_queues, 6696 const u8 *req_ies, size_t req_ies_len); 6697 6698 /** 6699 * cfg80211_assoc_timeout - notification of timed out association 6700 * @dev: network device 6701 * @bss: The BSS entry with which association timed out. 6702 * 6703 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 6704 */ 6705 void cfg80211_assoc_timeout(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 6706 6707 /** 6708 * cfg80211_abandon_assoc - notify cfg80211 of abandoned association attempt 6709 * @dev: network device 6710 * @bss: The BSS entry with which association was abandoned. 6711 * 6712 * Call this whenever - for reasons reported through other API, like deauth RX, 6713 * an association attempt was abandoned. 6714 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 6715 */ 6716 void cfg80211_abandon_assoc(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 6717 6718 /** 6719 * cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt - notification of transmitted deauth/disassoc frame 6720 * @dev: network device 6721 * @buf: 802.11 frame (header + body) 6722 * @len: length of the frame data 6723 * @reconnect: immediate reconnect is desired (include the nl80211 attribute) 6724 * 6725 * This function is called whenever deauthentication has been processed in 6726 * station mode. This includes both received deauthentication frames and 6727 * locally generated ones. This function may sleep. The caller must hold the 6728 * corresponding wdev's mutex. 6729 */ 6730 void cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len, 6731 bool reconnect); 6732 6733 /** 6734 * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt - notification of unprotected mlme mgmt frame 6735 * @dev: network device 6736 * @buf: received management frame (header + body) 6737 * @len: length of the frame data 6738 * 6739 * This function is called whenever a received deauthentication or dissassoc 6740 * frame has been dropped in station mode because of MFP being used but the 6741 * frame was not protected. This is also used to notify reception of a Beacon 6742 * frame that was dropped because it did not include a valid MME MIC while 6743 * beacon protection was enabled (BIGTK configured in station mode). 6744 * 6745 * This function may sleep. 6746 */ 6747 void cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, 6748 const u8 *buf, size_t len); 6749 6750 /** 6751 * cfg80211_michael_mic_failure - notification of Michael MIC failure (TKIP) 6752 * @dev: network device 6753 * @addr: The source MAC address of the frame 6754 * @key_type: The key type that the received frame used 6755 * @key_id: Key identifier (0..3). Can be -1 if missing. 6756 * @tsc: The TSC value of the frame that generated the MIC failure (6 octets) 6757 * @gfp: allocation flags 6758 * 6759 * This function is called whenever the local MAC detects a MIC failure in a 6760 * received frame. This matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() 6761 * primitive. 6762 */ 6763 void cfg80211_michael_mic_failure(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr, 6764 enum nl80211_key_type key_type, int key_id, 6765 const u8 *tsc, gfp_t gfp); 6766 6767 /** 6768 * cfg80211_ibss_joined - notify cfg80211 that device joined an IBSS 6769 * 6770 * @dev: network device 6771 * @bssid: the BSSID of the IBSS joined 6772 * @channel: the channel of the IBSS joined 6773 * @gfp: allocation flags 6774 * 6775 * This function notifies cfg80211 that the device joined an IBSS or 6776 * switched to a different BSSID. Before this function can be called, 6777 * either a beacon has to have been received from the IBSS, or one of 6778 * the cfg80211_inform_bss{,_frame} functions must have been called 6779 * with the locally generated beacon -- this guarantees that there is 6780 * always a scan result for this IBSS. cfg80211 will handle the rest. 6781 */ 6782 void cfg80211_ibss_joined(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 6783 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, gfp_t gfp); 6784 6785 /** 6786 * cfg80211_notify_new_peer_candidate - notify cfg80211 of a new mesh peer 6787 * candidate 6788 * 6789 * @dev: network device 6790 * @macaddr: the MAC address of the new candidate 6791 * @ie: information elements advertised by the peer candidate 6792 * @ie_len: length of the information elements buffer 6793 * @gfp: allocation flags 6794 * 6795 * This function notifies cfg80211 that the mesh peer candidate has been 6796 * detected, most likely via a beacon or, less likely, via a probe response. 6797 * cfg80211 then sends a notification to userspace. 6798 */ 6799 void cfg80211_notify_new_peer_candidate(struct net_device *dev, 6800 const u8 *macaddr, const u8 *ie, u8 ie_len, 6801 int sig_dbm, gfp_t gfp); 6802 6803 /** 6804 * DOC: RFkill integration 6805 * 6806 * RFkill integration in cfg80211 is almost invisible to drivers, 6807 * as cfg80211 automatically registers an rfkill instance for each 6808 * wireless device it knows about. Soft kill is also translated 6809 * into disconnecting and turning all interfaces off, drivers are 6810 * expected to turn off the device when all interfaces are down. 6811 * 6812 * However, devices may have a hard RFkill line, in which case they 6813 * also need to interact with the rfkill subsystem, via cfg80211. 6814 * They can do this with a few helper functions documented here. 6815 */ 6816 6817 /** 6818 * wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state_reason - notify cfg80211 about hw block state 6819 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6820 * @blocked: block status 6821 * @reason: one of reasons in &enum rfkill_hard_block_reasons 6822 */ 6823 void wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state_reason(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool blocked, 6824 enum rfkill_hard_block_reasons reason); 6825 6826 static inline void wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool blocked) 6827 { 6828 wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state_reason(wiphy, blocked, 6829 RFKILL_HARD_BLOCK_SIGNAL); 6830 } 6831 6832 /** 6833 * wiphy_rfkill_start_polling - start polling rfkill 6834 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6835 */ 6836 void wiphy_rfkill_start_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy); 6837 6838 /** 6839 * wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling - stop polling rfkill 6840 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6841 */ 6842 static inline void wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy) 6843 { 6844 rfkill_pause_polling(wiphy->rfkill); 6845 } 6846 6847 /** 6848 * DOC: Vendor commands 6849 * 6850 * Occasionally, there are special protocol or firmware features that 6851 * can't be implemented very openly. For this and similar cases, the 6852 * vendor command functionality allows implementing the features with 6853 * (typically closed-source) userspace and firmware, using nl80211 as 6854 * the configuration mechanism. 6855 * 6856 * A driver supporting vendor commands must register them as an array 6857 * in struct wiphy, with handlers for each one, each command has an 6858 * OUI and sub command ID to identify it. 6859 * 6860 * Note that this feature should not be (ab)used to implement protocol 6861 * features that could openly be shared across drivers. In particular, 6862 * it must never be required to use vendor commands to implement any 6863 * "normal" functionality that higher-level userspace like connection 6864 * managers etc. need. 6865 */ 6866 6867 struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6868 enum nl80211_commands cmd, 6869 enum nl80211_attrs attr, 6870 int approxlen); 6871 6872 struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6873 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 6874 enum nl80211_commands cmd, 6875 enum nl80211_attrs attr, 6876 unsigned int portid, 6877 int vendor_event_idx, 6878 int approxlen, gfp_t gfp); 6879 6880 void __cfg80211_send_event_skb(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp); 6881 6882 /** 6883 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb - allocate vendor command reply 6884 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6885 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 6886 * be put into the skb 6887 * 6888 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to 6889 * a vendor command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling 6890 * it outside of a vendor command's doit() operation is invalid. 6891 * 6892 * The returned skb is pre-filled with some identifying data in 6893 * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(), 6894 * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the 6895 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute, so all that needs to be done 6896 * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool 6897 * which can then read that data out of the vendor data attribute. 6898 * You must not modify the skb in any other way. 6899 * 6900 * When done, call cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply() with the skb and return 6901 * its error code as the result of the doit() operation. 6902 * 6903 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 6904 */ 6905 static inline struct sk_buff * 6906 cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen) 6907 { 6908 return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 6909 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, approxlen); 6910 } 6911 6912 /** 6913 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply - send the reply skb 6914 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with 6915 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb() 6916 * 6917 * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing 6918 * before returning from the vendor command doit() you should 6919 * return the error code. Note that this function consumes the 6920 * skb regardless of the return value. 6921 * 6922 * Return: An error code or 0 on success. 6923 */ 6924 int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(struct sk_buff *skb); 6925 6926 /** 6927 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender - get the current sender netlink ID 6928 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6929 * 6930 * Return the current netlink port ID in a vendor command handler. 6931 * Valid to call only there. 6932 */ 6933 unsigned int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender(struct wiphy *wiphy); 6934 6935 /** 6936 * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc - allocate vendor-specific event skb 6937 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6938 * @wdev: the wireless device 6939 * @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events 6940 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 6941 * be put into the skb 6942 * @gfp: allocation flags 6943 * 6944 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the 6945 * vendor-specific multicast group. 6946 * 6947 * If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified 6948 * wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data 6949 * attribute. 6950 * 6951 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the 6952 * skb to send the event. 6953 * 6954 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 6955 */ 6956 static inline struct sk_buff * 6957 cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 6958 int approxlen, int event_idx, gfp_t gfp) 6959 { 6960 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, wdev, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 6961 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, 6962 0, event_idx, approxlen, gfp); 6963 } 6964 6965 /** 6966 * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc_ucast - alloc unicast vendor-specific event skb 6967 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6968 * @wdev: the wireless device 6969 * @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events 6970 * @portid: port ID of the receiver 6971 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 6972 * be put into the skb 6973 * @gfp: allocation flags 6974 * 6975 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event to send to 6976 * a specific (userland) socket. This socket would previously have been 6977 * obtained by cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender(), and the caller MUST take 6978 * care to register a netlink notifier to see when the socket closes. 6979 * 6980 * If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified 6981 * wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data 6982 * attribute. 6983 * 6984 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the 6985 * skb to send the event. 6986 * 6987 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 6988 */ 6989 static inline struct sk_buff * 6990 cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc_ucast(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6991 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 6992 unsigned int portid, int approxlen, 6993 int event_idx, gfp_t gfp) 6994 { 6995 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, wdev, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 6996 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, 6997 portid, event_idx, approxlen, gfp); 6998 } 6999 7000 /** 7001 * cfg80211_vendor_event - send the event 7002 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc() 7003 * @gfp: allocation flags 7004 * 7005 * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated 7006 * by cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(), as an event. It always consumes it. 7007 */ 7008 static inline void cfg80211_vendor_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp) 7009 { 7010 __cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp); 7011 } 7012 7013 #ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE 7014 /** 7015 * DOC: Test mode 7016 * 7017 * Test mode is a set of utility functions to allow drivers to 7018 * interact with driver-specific tools to aid, for instance, 7019 * factory programming. 7020 * 7021 * This chapter describes how drivers interact with it, for more 7022 * information see the nl80211 book's chapter on it. 7023 */ 7024 7025 /** 7026 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb - allocate testmode reply 7027 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7028 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 7029 * be put into the skb 7030 * 7031 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to 7032 * the testmode command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling 7033 * it outside of the @testmode_cmd operation is invalid. 7034 * 7035 * The returned skb is pre-filled with the wiphy index and set up in 7036 * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(), 7037 * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the 7038 * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute, so all that needs to be done 7039 * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool 7040 * which can then read that data out of the testdata attribute. You 7041 * must not modify the skb in any other way. 7042 * 7043 * When done, call cfg80211_testmode_reply() with the skb and return 7044 * its error code as the result of the @testmode_cmd operation. 7045 * 7046 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 7047 */ 7048 static inline struct sk_buff * 7049 cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen) 7050 { 7051 return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE, 7052 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, approxlen); 7053 } 7054 7055 /** 7056 * cfg80211_testmode_reply - send the reply skb 7057 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with 7058 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb() 7059 * 7060 * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing 7061 * before returning from the @testmode_cmd you should return 7062 * the error code. Note that this function consumes the skb 7063 * regardless of the return value. 7064 * 7065 * Return: An error code or 0 on success. 7066 */ 7067 static inline int cfg80211_testmode_reply(struct sk_buff *skb) 7068 { 7069 return cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(skb); 7070 } 7071 7072 /** 7073 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb - allocate testmode event 7074 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7075 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 7076 * be put into the skb 7077 * @gfp: allocation flags 7078 * 7079 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the 7080 * testmode multicast group. 7081 * 7082 * The returned skb is set up in the same way as with 7083 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb() but prepared for an event. As 7084 * there, you should simply add data to it that will then end up in the 7085 * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute. Again, you must not modify the skb 7086 * in any other way. 7087 * 7088 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_testmode_event() with the 7089 * skb to send the event. 7090 * 7091 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 7092 */ 7093 static inline struct sk_buff * 7094 cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen, gfp_t gfp) 7095 { 7096 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, NULL, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE, 7097 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, 0, -1, 7098 approxlen, gfp); 7099 } 7100 7101 /** 7102 * cfg80211_testmode_event - send the event 7103 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with 7104 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb() 7105 * @gfp: allocation flags 7106 * 7107 * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated 7108 * by cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(), as an event. It always 7109 * consumes it. 7110 */ 7111 static inline void cfg80211_testmode_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp) 7112 { 7113 __cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp); 7114 } 7115 7116 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd) .testmode_cmd = (cmd), 7117 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd) .testmode_dump = (cmd), 7118 #else 7119 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd) 7120 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd) 7121 #endif 7122 7123 /** 7124 * struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params - FILS connection response params 7125 * @kek: KEK derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL) 7126 * @kek_len: Length of @fils_kek in octets 7127 * @update_erp_next_seq_num: Boolean value to specify whether the value in 7128 * @erp_next_seq_num is valid. 7129 * @erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in ERP message in 7130 * FILS Authentication. This value should be specified irrespective of the 7131 * status for a FILS connection. 7132 * @pmk: A new PMK if derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL). 7133 * @pmk_len: Length of @pmk in octets 7134 * @pmkid: A new PMKID if derived from a successful FILS connection or the PMKID 7135 * used for this FILS connection (may be %NULL). 7136 */ 7137 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params { 7138 const u8 *kek; 7139 size_t kek_len; 7140 bool update_erp_next_seq_num; 7141 u16 erp_next_seq_num; 7142 const u8 *pmk; 7143 size_t pmk_len; 7144 const u8 *pmkid; 7145 }; 7146 7147 /** 7148 * struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params - Connection response params 7149 * @status: Status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use 7150 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you 7151 * the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a 7152 * failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame 7153 * from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to 7154 * indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code. 7155 * @timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that 7156 * case. 7157 * @bssid: The BSSID of the AP (may be %NULL) 7158 * @bss: Entry of bss to which STA got connected to, can be obtained through 7159 * cfg80211_get_bss() (may be %NULL). But it is recommended to store the 7160 * bss from the connect_request and hold a reference to it and return 7161 * through this param to avoid a warning if the bss is expired during the 7162 * connection, esp. for those drivers implementing connect op. 7163 * Only one parameter among @bssid and @bss needs to be specified. 7164 * @req_ie: Association request IEs (may be %NULL) 7165 * @req_ie_len: Association request IEs length 7166 * @resp_ie: Association response IEs (may be %NULL) 7167 * @resp_ie_len: Association response IEs length 7168 * @fils: FILS connection response parameters. 7169 * @timeout_reason: Reason for connection timeout. This is used when the 7170 * connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from 7171 * the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is 7172 * not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the 7173 * failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP. 7174 * This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0). 7175 */ 7176 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params { 7177 int status; 7178 const u8 *bssid; 7179 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 7180 const u8 *req_ie; 7181 size_t req_ie_len; 7182 const u8 *resp_ie; 7183 size_t resp_ie_len; 7184 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params fils; 7185 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason; 7186 }; 7187 7188 /** 7189 * cfg80211_connect_done - notify cfg80211 of connection result 7190 * 7191 * @dev: network device 7192 * @params: connection response parameters 7193 * @gfp: allocation flags 7194 * 7195 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection 7196 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to 7197 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), but takes a structure pointer for connection response 7198 * parameters. Only one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(), 7199 * cfg80211_connect_result(), cfg80211_connect_timeout(), 7200 * and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 7201 */ 7202 void cfg80211_connect_done(struct net_device *dev, 7203 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params *params, 7204 gfp_t gfp); 7205 7206 /** 7207 * cfg80211_connect_bss - notify cfg80211 of connection result 7208 * 7209 * @dev: network device 7210 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 7211 * @bss: Entry of bss to which STA got connected to, can be obtained through 7212 * cfg80211_get_bss() (may be %NULL). But it is recommended to store the 7213 * bss from the connect_request and hold a reference to it and return 7214 * through this param to avoid a warning if the bss is expired during the 7215 * connection, esp. for those drivers implementing connect op. 7216 * Only one parameter among @bssid and @bss needs to be specified. 7217 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 7218 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 7219 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) 7220 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length 7221 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use 7222 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you 7223 * the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a 7224 * failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame 7225 * from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to 7226 * indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code. 7227 * @timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that 7228 * case. 7229 * @gfp: allocation flags 7230 * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout. This is used when the 7231 * connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from 7232 * the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is 7233 * not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the 7234 * failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP. 7235 * This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0). 7236 * 7237 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection 7238 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to 7239 * cfg80211_connect_result(), but with the option of identifying the exact bss 7240 * entry for the connection. Only one of the functions among 7241 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), 7242 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 7243 */ 7244 static inline void 7245 cfg80211_connect_bss(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 7246 struct cfg80211_bss *bss, const u8 *req_ie, 7247 size_t req_ie_len, const u8 *resp_ie, 7248 size_t resp_ie_len, int status, gfp_t gfp, 7249 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason) 7250 { 7251 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params params; 7252 7253 memset(¶ms, 0, sizeof(params)); 7254 params.status = status; 7255 params.bssid = bssid; 7256 params.bss = bss; 7257 params.req_ie = req_ie; 7258 params.req_ie_len = req_ie_len; 7259 params.resp_ie = resp_ie; 7260 params.resp_ie_len = resp_ie_len; 7261 params.timeout_reason = timeout_reason; 7262 7263 cfg80211_connect_done(dev, ¶ms, gfp); 7264 } 7265 7266 /** 7267 * cfg80211_connect_result - notify cfg80211 of connection result 7268 * 7269 * @dev: network device 7270 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 7271 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 7272 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 7273 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) 7274 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length 7275 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use 7276 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you 7277 * the real status code for failures. 7278 * @gfp: allocation flags 7279 * 7280 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection 7281 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to 7282 * cfg80211_connect_bss() which allows the exact bss entry to be specified. Only 7283 * one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), 7284 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 7285 */ 7286 static inline void 7287 cfg80211_connect_result(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 7288 const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len, 7289 const u8 *resp_ie, size_t resp_ie_len, 7290 u16 status, gfp_t gfp) 7291 { 7292 cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, resp_ie, 7293 resp_ie_len, status, gfp, 7294 NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED); 7295 } 7296 7297 /** 7298 * cfg80211_connect_timeout - notify cfg80211 of connection timeout 7299 * 7300 * @dev: network device 7301 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 7302 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 7303 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 7304 * @gfp: allocation flags 7305 * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout. 7306 * 7307 * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever connect() has failed 7308 * in a sequence where no explicit authentication/association rejection was 7309 * received from the AP. This could happen, e.g., due to not being able to send 7310 * out the Authentication or Association Request frame or timing out while 7311 * waiting for the response. Only one of the functions among 7312 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), 7313 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 7314 */ 7315 static inline void 7316 cfg80211_connect_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 7317 const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len, gfp_t gfp, 7318 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason) 7319 { 7320 cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, NULL, 0, -1, 7321 gfp, timeout_reason); 7322 } 7323 7324 /** 7325 * struct cfg80211_roam_info - driver initiated roaming information 7326 * 7327 * @channel: the channel of the new AP 7328 * @bss: entry of bss to which STA got roamed (may be %NULL if %bssid is set) 7329 * @bssid: the BSSID of the new AP (may be %NULL if %bss is set) 7330 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 7331 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 7332 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) 7333 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length 7334 * @fils: FILS related roaming information. 7335 */ 7336 struct cfg80211_roam_info { 7337 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 7338 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 7339 const u8 *bssid; 7340 const u8 *req_ie; 7341 size_t req_ie_len; 7342 const u8 *resp_ie; 7343 size_t resp_ie_len; 7344 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params fils; 7345 }; 7346 7347 /** 7348 * cfg80211_roamed - notify cfg80211 of roaming 7349 * 7350 * @dev: network device 7351 * @info: information about the new BSS. struct &cfg80211_roam_info. 7352 * @gfp: allocation flags 7353 * 7354 * This function may be called with the driver passing either the BSSID of the 7355 * new AP or passing the bss entry to avoid a race in timeout of the bss entry. 7356 * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever it roamed from one AP 7357 * to another while connected. Drivers which have roaming implemented in 7358 * firmware should pass the bss entry to avoid a race in bss entry timeout where 7359 * the bss entry of the new AP is seen in the driver, but gets timed out by the 7360 * time it is accessed in __cfg80211_roamed() due to delay in scheduling 7361 * rdev->event_work. In case of any failures, the reference is released 7362 * either in cfg80211_roamed() or in __cfg80211_romed(), Otherwise, it will be 7363 * released while disconnecting from the current bss. 7364 */ 7365 void cfg80211_roamed(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_roam_info *info, 7366 gfp_t gfp); 7367 7368 /** 7369 * cfg80211_port_authorized - notify cfg80211 of successful security association 7370 * 7371 * @dev: network device 7372 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 7373 * @gfp: allocation flags 7374 * 7375 * This function should be called by a driver that supports 4 way handshake 7376 * offload after a security association was successfully established (i.e., 7377 * the 4 way handshake was completed successfully). The call to this function 7378 * should be preceded with a call to cfg80211_connect_result(), 7379 * cfg80211_connect_done(), cfg80211_connect_bss() or cfg80211_roamed() to 7380 * indicate the 802.11 association. 7381 */ 7382 void cfg80211_port_authorized(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 7383 gfp_t gfp); 7384 7385 /** 7386 * cfg80211_disconnected - notify cfg80211 that connection was dropped 7387 * 7388 * @dev: network device 7389 * @ie: information elements of the deauth/disassoc frame (may be %NULL) 7390 * @ie_len: length of IEs 7391 * @reason: reason code for the disconnection, set it to 0 if unknown 7392 * @locally_generated: disconnection was requested locally 7393 * @gfp: allocation flags 7394 * 7395 * After it calls this function, the driver should enter an idle state 7396 * and not try to connect to any AP any more. 7397 */ 7398 void cfg80211_disconnected(struct net_device *dev, u16 reason, 7399 const u8 *ie, size_t ie_len, 7400 bool locally_generated, gfp_t gfp); 7401 7402 /** 7403 * cfg80211_ready_on_channel - notification of remain_on_channel start 7404 * @wdev: wireless device 7405 * @cookie: the request cookie 7406 * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request) 7407 * @duration: Duration in milliseconds that the driver intents to remain on the 7408 * channel 7409 * @gfp: allocation flags 7410 */ 7411 void cfg80211_ready_on_channel(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 7412 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, 7413 unsigned int duration, gfp_t gfp); 7414 7415 /** 7416 * cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired - remain_on_channel duration expired 7417 * @wdev: wireless device 7418 * @cookie: the request cookie 7419 * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request) 7420 * @gfp: allocation flags 7421 */ 7422 void cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 7423 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, 7424 gfp_t gfp); 7425 7426 /** 7427 * cfg80211_tx_mgmt_expired - tx_mgmt duration expired 7428 * @wdev: wireless device 7429 * @cookie: the requested cookie 7430 * @chan: The current channel (from tx_mgmt request) 7431 * @gfp: allocation flags 7432 */ 7433 void cfg80211_tx_mgmt_expired(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 7434 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, gfp_t gfp); 7435 7436 /** 7437 * cfg80211_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats - allocate per-tid statistics. 7438 * 7439 * @sinfo: the station information 7440 * @gfp: allocation flags 7441 */ 7442 int cfg80211_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats(struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); 7443 7444 /** 7445 * cfg80211_sinfo_release_content - release contents of station info 7446 * @sinfo: the station information 7447 * 7448 * Releases any potentially allocated sub-information of the station 7449 * information, but not the struct itself (since it's typically on 7450 * the stack.) 7451 */ 7452 static inline void cfg80211_sinfo_release_content(struct station_info *sinfo) 7453 { 7454 kfree(sinfo->pertid); 7455 } 7456 7457 /** 7458 * cfg80211_new_sta - notify userspace about station 7459 * 7460 * @dev: the netdev 7461 * @mac_addr: the station's address 7462 * @sinfo: the station information 7463 * @gfp: allocation flags 7464 */ 7465 void cfg80211_new_sta(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 7466 struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); 7467 7468 /** 7469 * cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo - notify userspace about deletion of a station 7470 * @dev: the netdev 7471 * @mac_addr: the station's address 7472 * @sinfo: the station information/statistics 7473 * @gfp: allocation flags 7474 */ 7475 void cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 7476 struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); 7477 7478 /** 7479 * cfg80211_del_sta - notify userspace about deletion of a station 7480 * 7481 * @dev: the netdev 7482 * @mac_addr: the station's address 7483 * @gfp: allocation flags 7484 */ 7485 static inline void cfg80211_del_sta(struct net_device *dev, 7486 const u8 *mac_addr, gfp_t gfp) 7487 { 7488 cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(dev, mac_addr, NULL, gfp); 7489 } 7490 7491 /** 7492 * cfg80211_conn_failed - connection request failed notification 7493 * 7494 * @dev: the netdev 7495 * @mac_addr: the station's address 7496 * @reason: the reason for connection failure 7497 * @gfp: allocation flags 7498 * 7499 * Whenever a station tries to connect to an AP and if the station 7500 * could not connect to the AP as the AP has rejected the connection 7501 * for some reasons, this function is called. 7502 * 7503 * The reason for connection failure can be any of the value from 7504 * nl80211_connect_failed_reason enum 7505 */ 7506 void cfg80211_conn_failed(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 7507 enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason reason, 7508 gfp_t gfp); 7509 7510 /** 7511 * cfg80211_rx_mgmt_khz - notification of received, unprocessed management frame 7512 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 7513 * @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in KHz 7514 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 7515 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 7516 * @len: length of the frame data 7517 * @flags: flags, as defined in enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags 7518 * 7519 * This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station 7520 * mode interface, but is not processed in kernel. 7521 * 7522 * Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame. 7523 * For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized 7524 * action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the 7525 * driver is responsible for rejecting the frame. 7526 */ 7527 bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt_khz(struct wireless_dev *wdev, int freq, int sig_dbm, 7528 const u8 *buf, size_t len, u32 flags); 7529 7530 /** 7531 * cfg80211_rx_mgmt - notification of received, unprocessed management frame 7532 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 7533 * @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in MHz 7534 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 7535 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 7536 * @len: length of the frame data 7537 * @flags: flags, as defined in enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags 7538 * 7539 * This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station 7540 * mode interface, but is not processed in kernel. 7541 * 7542 * Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame. 7543 * For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized 7544 * action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the 7545 * driver is responsible for rejecting the frame. 7546 */ 7547 static inline bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt(struct wireless_dev *wdev, int freq, 7548 int sig_dbm, const u8 *buf, size_t len, 7549 u32 flags) 7550 { 7551 return cfg80211_rx_mgmt_khz(wdev, MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq), sig_dbm, buf, len, 7552 flags); 7553 } 7554 7555 /** 7556 * cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status - notification of TX status for management frame 7557 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 7558 * @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() 7559 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 7560 * @len: length of the frame data 7561 * @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged 7562 * @gfp: context flags 7563 * 7564 * This function is called whenever a management frame was requested to be 7565 * transmitted with cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() to report the TX status of the 7566 * transmission attempt. 7567 */ 7568 void cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 7569 const u8 *buf, size_t len, bool ack, gfp_t gfp); 7570 7571 /** 7572 * cfg80211_control_port_tx_status - notification of TX status for control 7573 * port frames 7574 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 7575 * @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::tx_control_port() 7576 * @buf: Data frame (header + body) 7577 * @len: length of the frame data 7578 * @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged 7579 * @gfp: context flags 7580 * 7581 * This function is called whenever a control port frame was requested to be 7582 * transmitted with cfg80211_ops::tx_control_port() to report the TX status of 7583 * the transmission attempt. 7584 */ 7585 void cfg80211_control_port_tx_status(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 7586 const u8 *buf, size_t len, bool ack, 7587 gfp_t gfp); 7588 7589 /** 7590 * cfg80211_rx_control_port - notification about a received control port frame 7591 * @dev: The device the frame matched to 7592 * @skb: The skbuf with the control port frame. It is assumed that the skbuf 7593 * is 802.3 formatted (with 802.3 header). The skb can be non-linear. 7594 * This function does not take ownership of the skb, so the caller is 7595 * responsible for any cleanup. The caller must also ensure that 7596 * skb->protocol is set appropriately. 7597 * @unencrypted: Whether the frame was received unencrypted 7598 * 7599 * This function is used to inform userspace about a received control port 7600 * frame. It should only be used if userspace indicated it wants to receive 7601 * control port frames over nl80211. 7602 * 7603 * The frame is the data portion of the 802.3 or 802.11 data frame with all 7604 * network layer headers removed (e.g. the raw EAPoL frame). 7605 * 7606 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace 7607 */ 7608 bool cfg80211_rx_control_port(struct net_device *dev, 7609 struct sk_buff *skb, bool unencrypted); 7610 7611 /** 7612 * cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify - connection quality monitoring rssi event 7613 * @dev: network device 7614 * @rssi_event: the triggered RSSI event 7615 * @rssi_level: new RSSI level value or 0 if not available 7616 * @gfp: context flags 7617 * 7618 * This function is called when a configured connection quality monitoring 7619 * rssi threshold reached event occurs. 7620 */ 7621 void cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify(struct net_device *dev, 7622 enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event rssi_event, 7623 s32 rssi_level, gfp_t gfp); 7624 7625 /** 7626 * cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify - notify userspace about packetloss to peer 7627 * @dev: network device 7628 * @peer: peer's MAC address 7629 * @num_packets: how many packets were lost -- should be a fixed threshold 7630 * but probably no less than maybe 50, or maybe a throughput dependent 7631 * threshold (to account for temporary interference) 7632 * @gfp: context flags 7633 */ 7634 void cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify(struct net_device *dev, 7635 const u8 *peer, u32 num_packets, gfp_t gfp); 7636 7637 /** 7638 * cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify - TX error rate event 7639 * @dev: network device 7640 * @peer: peer's MAC address 7641 * @num_packets: how many packets were lost 7642 * @rate: % of packets which failed transmission 7643 * @intvl: interval (in s) over which the TX failure threshold was breached. 7644 * @gfp: context flags 7645 * 7646 * Notify userspace when configured % TX failures over number of packets in a 7647 * given interval is exceeded. 7648 */ 7649 void cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer, 7650 u32 num_packets, u32 rate, u32 intvl, gfp_t gfp); 7651 7652 /** 7653 * cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify - beacon loss event 7654 * @dev: network device 7655 * @gfp: context flags 7656 * 7657 * Notify userspace about beacon loss from the connected AP. 7658 */ 7659 void cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify(struct net_device *dev, gfp_t gfp); 7660 7661 /** 7662 * __cfg80211_radar_event - radar detection event 7663 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7664 * @chandef: chandef for the current channel 7665 * @offchan: the radar has been detected on the offchannel chain 7666 * @gfp: context flags 7667 * 7668 * This function is called when a radar is detected on the current chanenl. 7669 */ 7670 void __cfg80211_radar_event(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7671 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 7672 bool offchan, gfp_t gfp); 7673 7674 static inline void 7675 cfg80211_radar_event(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7676 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 7677 gfp_t gfp) 7678 { 7679 __cfg80211_radar_event(wiphy, chandef, false, gfp); 7680 } 7681 7682 static inline void 7683 cfg80211_background_radar_event(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7684 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 7685 gfp_t gfp) 7686 { 7687 __cfg80211_radar_event(wiphy, chandef, true, gfp); 7688 } 7689 7690 /** 7691 * cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify - STA's ht/vht operation mode change event 7692 * @dev: network device 7693 * @mac: MAC address of a station which opmode got modified 7694 * @sta_opmode: station's current opmode value 7695 * @gfp: context flags 7696 * 7697 * Driver should call this function when station's opmode modified via action 7698 * frame. 7699 */ 7700 void cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac, 7701 struct sta_opmode_info *sta_opmode, 7702 gfp_t gfp); 7703 7704 /** 7705 * cfg80211_cac_event - Channel availability check (CAC) event 7706 * @netdev: network device 7707 * @chandef: chandef for the current channel 7708 * @event: type of event 7709 * @gfp: context flags 7710 * 7711 * This function is called when a Channel availability check (CAC) is finished 7712 * or aborted. This must be called to notify the completion of a CAC process, 7713 * also by full-MAC drivers. 7714 */ 7715 void cfg80211_cac_event(struct net_device *netdev, 7716 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 7717 enum nl80211_radar_event event, gfp_t gfp); 7718 7719 /** 7720 * cfg80211_background_cac_abort - Channel Availability Check offchan abort event 7721 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7722 * 7723 * This function is called by the driver when a Channel Availability Check 7724 * (CAC) is aborted by a offchannel dedicated chain. 7725 */ 7726 void cfg80211_background_cac_abort(struct wiphy *wiphy); 7727 7728 /** 7729 * cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify - notify userspace about driver rekeying 7730 * @dev: network device 7731 * @bssid: BSSID of AP (to avoid races) 7732 * @replay_ctr: new replay counter 7733 * @gfp: allocation flags 7734 */ 7735 void cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 7736 const u8 *replay_ctr, gfp_t gfp); 7737 7738 /** 7739 * cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify - notify about PMKSA caching candidate 7740 * @dev: network device 7741 * @index: candidate index (the smaller the index, the higher the priority) 7742 * @bssid: BSSID of AP 7743 * @preauth: Whether AP advertises support for RSN pre-authentication 7744 * @gfp: allocation flags 7745 */ 7746 void cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify(struct net_device *dev, int index, 7747 const u8 *bssid, bool preauth, gfp_t gfp); 7748 7749 /** 7750 * cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame - inform userspace about a spurious frame 7751 * @dev: The device the frame matched to 7752 * @addr: the transmitter address 7753 * @gfp: context flags 7754 * 7755 * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that 7756 * a spurious class 3 frame was received, to be able to deauth the 7757 * sender. 7758 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed 7759 * for a reason other than not having a subscription.) 7760 */ 7761 bool cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame(struct net_device *dev, 7762 const u8 *addr, gfp_t gfp); 7763 7764 /** 7765 * cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame - inform about unexpected WDS frame 7766 * @dev: The device the frame matched to 7767 * @addr: the transmitter address 7768 * @gfp: context flags 7769 * 7770 * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that 7771 * an associated station sent a 4addr frame but that wasn't expected. 7772 * It is allowed and desirable to send this event only once for each 7773 * station to avoid event flooding. 7774 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed 7775 * for a reason other than not having a subscription.) 7776 */ 7777 bool cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame(struct net_device *dev, 7778 const u8 *addr, gfp_t gfp); 7779 7780 /** 7781 * cfg80211_probe_status - notify userspace about probe status 7782 * @dev: the device the probe was sent on 7783 * @addr: the address of the peer 7784 * @cookie: the cookie filled in @probe_client previously 7785 * @acked: indicates whether probe was acked or not 7786 * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the ACK frame. 7787 * @is_valid_ack_signal: indicates the ack_signal is valid or not. 7788 * @gfp: allocation flags 7789 */ 7790 void cfg80211_probe_status(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr, 7791 u64 cookie, bool acked, s32 ack_signal, 7792 bool is_valid_ack_signal, gfp_t gfp); 7793 7794 /** 7795 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon_khz - report beacon from other APs 7796 * @wiphy: The wiphy that received the beacon 7797 * @frame: the frame 7798 * @len: length of the frame 7799 * @freq: frequency the frame was received on in KHz 7800 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 7801 * 7802 * Use this function to report to userspace when a beacon was 7803 * received. It is not useful to call this when there is no 7804 * netdev that is in AP/GO mode. 7805 */ 7806 void cfg80211_report_obss_beacon_khz(struct wiphy *wiphy, const u8 *frame, 7807 size_t len, int freq, int sig_dbm); 7808 7809 /** 7810 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon - report beacon from other APs 7811 * @wiphy: The wiphy that received the beacon 7812 * @frame: the frame 7813 * @len: length of the frame 7814 * @freq: frequency the frame was received on 7815 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 7816 * 7817 * Use this function to report to userspace when a beacon was 7818 * received. It is not useful to call this when there is no 7819 * netdev that is in AP/GO mode. 7820 */ 7821 static inline void cfg80211_report_obss_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7822 const u8 *frame, size_t len, 7823 int freq, int sig_dbm) 7824 { 7825 cfg80211_report_obss_beacon_khz(wiphy, frame, len, MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq), 7826 sig_dbm); 7827 } 7828 7829 /** 7830 * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon - check if beaconing is allowed 7831 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7832 * @chandef: the channel definition 7833 * @iftype: interface type 7834 * 7835 * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s) 7836 * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.) 7837 */ 7838 bool cfg80211_reg_can_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7839 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 7840 enum nl80211_iftype iftype); 7841 7842 /** 7843 * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax - check if beaconing is allowed with relaxation 7844 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7845 * @chandef: the channel definition 7846 * @iftype: interface type 7847 * 7848 * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s) 7849 * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.). This version 7850 * also checks if IR-relaxation conditions apply, to allow beaconing under 7851 * more permissive conditions. 7852 * 7853 * Requires the wiphy mutex to be held. 7854 */ 7855 bool cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7856 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 7857 enum nl80211_iftype iftype); 7858 7859 /* 7860 * cfg80211_ch_switch_notify - update wdev channel and notify userspace 7861 * @dev: the device which switched channels 7862 * @chandef: the new channel definition 7863 * 7864 * Caller must acquire wdev_lock, therefore must only be called from sleepable 7865 * driver context! 7866 */ 7867 void cfg80211_ch_switch_notify(struct net_device *dev, 7868 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 7869 7870 /* 7871 * cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify - notify channel switch start 7872 * @dev: the device on which the channel switch started 7873 * @chandef: the future channel definition 7874 * @count: the number of TBTTs until the channel switch happens 7875 * @quiet: whether or not immediate quiet was requested by the AP 7876 * 7877 * Inform the userspace about the channel switch that has just 7878 * started, so that it can take appropriate actions (eg. starting 7879 * channel switch on other vifs), if necessary. 7880 */ 7881 void cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify(struct net_device *dev, 7882 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 7883 u8 count, bool quiet); 7884 7885 /** 7886 * ieee80211_operating_class_to_band - convert operating class to band 7887 * 7888 * @operating_class: the operating class to convert 7889 * @band: band pointer to fill 7890 * 7891 * Returns %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise. 7892 */ 7893 bool ieee80211_operating_class_to_band(u8 operating_class, 7894 enum nl80211_band *band); 7895 7896 /** 7897 * ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class - convert chandef to operation class 7898 * 7899 * @chandef: the chandef to convert 7900 * @op_class: a pointer to the resulting operating class 7901 * 7902 * Returns %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise. 7903 */ 7904 bool ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 7905 u8 *op_class); 7906 7907 /** 7908 * ieee80211_chandef_to_khz - convert chandef to frequency in KHz 7909 * 7910 * @chandef: the chandef to convert 7911 * 7912 * Returns the center frequency of chandef (1st segment) in KHz. 7913 */ 7914 static inline u32 7915 ieee80211_chandef_to_khz(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 7916 { 7917 return MHZ_TO_KHZ(chandef->center_freq1) + chandef->freq1_offset; 7918 } 7919 7920 /* 7921 * cfg80211_tdls_oper_request - request userspace to perform TDLS operation 7922 * @dev: the device on which the operation is requested 7923 * @peer: the MAC address of the peer device 7924 * @oper: the requested TDLS operation (NL80211_TDLS_SETUP or 7925 * NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN) 7926 * @reason_code: the reason code for teardown request 7927 * @gfp: allocation flags 7928 * 7929 * This function is used to request userspace to perform TDLS operation that 7930 * requires knowledge of keys, i.e., link setup or teardown when the AP 7931 * connection uses encryption. This is optional mechanism for the driver to use 7932 * if it can automatically determine when a TDLS link could be useful (e.g., 7933 * based on traffic and signal strength for a peer). 7934 */ 7935 void cfg80211_tdls_oper_request(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer, 7936 enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper, 7937 u16 reason_code, gfp_t gfp); 7938 7939 /* 7940 * cfg80211_calculate_bitrate - calculate actual bitrate (in 100Kbps units) 7941 * @rate: given rate_info to calculate bitrate from 7942 * 7943 * return 0 if MCS index >= 32 7944 */ 7945 u32 cfg80211_calculate_bitrate(struct rate_info *rate); 7946 7947 /** 7948 * cfg80211_unregister_wdev - remove the given wdev 7949 * @wdev: struct wireless_dev to remove 7950 * 7951 * This function removes the device so it can no longer be used. It is necessary 7952 * to call this function even when cfg80211 requests the removal of the device 7953 * by calling the del_virtual_intf() callback. The function must also be called 7954 * when the driver wishes to unregister the wdev, e.g. when the hardware device 7955 * is unbound from the driver. 7956 * 7957 * Requires the RTNL and wiphy mutex to be held. 7958 */ 7959 void cfg80211_unregister_wdev(struct wireless_dev *wdev); 7960 7961 /** 7962 * cfg80211_register_netdevice - register the given netdev 7963 * @dev: the netdev to register 7964 * 7965 * Note: In contexts coming from cfg80211 callbacks, you must call this rather 7966 * than register_netdevice(), unregister_netdev() is impossible as the RTNL is 7967 * held. Otherwise, both register_netdevice() and register_netdev() are usable 7968 * instead as well. 7969 * 7970 * Requires the RTNL and wiphy mutex to be held. 7971 */ 7972 int cfg80211_register_netdevice(struct net_device *dev); 7973 7974 /** 7975 * cfg80211_unregister_netdevice - unregister the given netdev 7976 * @dev: the netdev to register 7977 * 7978 * Note: In contexts coming from cfg80211 callbacks, you must call this rather 7979 * than unregister_netdevice(), unregister_netdev() is impossible as the RTNL 7980 * is held. Otherwise, both unregister_netdevice() and unregister_netdev() are 7981 * usable instead as well. 7982 * 7983 * Requires the RTNL and wiphy mutex to be held. 7984 */ 7985 static inline void cfg80211_unregister_netdevice(struct net_device *dev) 7986 { 7987 cfg80211_unregister_wdev(dev->ieee80211_ptr); 7988 } 7989 7990 /** 7991 * struct cfg80211_ft_event_params - FT Information Elements 7992 * @ies: FT IEs 7993 * @ies_len: length of the FT IE in bytes 7994 * @target_ap: target AP's MAC address 7995 * @ric_ies: RIC IE 7996 * @ric_ies_len: length of the RIC IE in bytes 7997 */ 7998 struct cfg80211_ft_event_params { 7999 const u8 *ies; 8000 size_t ies_len; 8001 const u8 *target_ap; 8002 const u8 *ric_ies; 8003 size_t ric_ies_len; 8004 }; 8005 8006 /** 8007 * cfg80211_ft_event - notify userspace about FT IE and RIC IE 8008 * @netdev: network device 8009 * @ft_event: IE information 8010 */ 8011 void cfg80211_ft_event(struct net_device *netdev, 8012 struct cfg80211_ft_event_params *ft_event); 8013 8014 /** 8015 * cfg80211_get_p2p_attr - find and copy a P2P attribute from IE buffer 8016 * @ies: the input IE buffer 8017 * @len: the input length 8018 * @attr: the attribute ID to find 8019 * @buf: output buffer, can be %NULL if the data isn't needed, e.g. 8020 * if the function is only called to get the needed buffer size 8021 * @bufsize: size of the output buffer 8022 * 8023 * The function finds a given P2P attribute in the (vendor) IEs and 8024 * copies its contents to the given buffer. 8025 * 8026 * Return: A negative error code (-%EILSEQ or -%ENOENT) if the data is 8027 * malformed or the attribute can't be found (respectively), or the 8028 * length of the found attribute (which can be zero). 8029 */ 8030 int cfg80211_get_p2p_attr(const u8 *ies, unsigned int len, 8031 enum ieee80211_p2p_attr_id attr, 8032 u8 *buf, unsigned int bufsize); 8033 8034 /** 8035 * ieee80211_ie_split_ric - split an IE buffer according to ordering (with RIC) 8036 * @ies: the IE buffer 8037 * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer 8038 * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before 8039 * the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next 8040 * EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE. 8041 * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array 8042 * @after_ric: array IE types that come after the RIC element 8043 * @n_after_ric: size of the @after_ric array 8044 * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer 8045 * 8046 * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset 8047 * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be 8048 * split. 8049 * 8050 * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this 8051 * has to be guaranteed by the caller! 8052 * 8053 * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered 8054 * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not 8055 * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering. 8056 * 8057 * The function returns the offset where the next part of the 8058 * buffer starts, which may be @ielen if the entire (remainder) 8059 * of the buffer should be used. 8060 */ 8061 size_t ieee80211_ie_split_ric(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen, 8062 const u8 *ids, int n_ids, 8063 const u8 *after_ric, int n_after_ric, 8064 size_t offset); 8065 8066 /** 8067 * ieee80211_ie_split - split an IE buffer according to ordering 8068 * @ies: the IE buffer 8069 * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer 8070 * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before 8071 * the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next 8072 * EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE. 8073 * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array 8074 * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer 8075 * 8076 * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset 8077 * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be 8078 * split. 8079 * 8080 * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this 8081 * has to be guaranteed by the caller! 8082 * 8083 * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered 8084 * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not 8085 * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering. 8086 * 8087 * The function returns the offset where the next part of the 8088 * buffer starts, which may be @ielen if the entire (remainder) 8089 * of the buffer should be used. 8090 */ 8091 static inline size_t ieee80211_ie_split(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen, 8092 const u8 *ids, int n_ids, size_t offset) 8093 { 8094 return ieee80211_ie_split_ric(ies, ielen, ids, n_ids, NULL, 0, offset); 8095 } 8096 8097 /** 8098 * cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup - report wakeup from WoWLAN 8099 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the wakeup 8100 * @wakeup: the wakeup report 8101 * @gfp: allocation flags 8102 * 8103 * This function reports that the given device woke up. If it 8104 * caused the wakeup, report the reason(s), otherwise you may 8105 * pass %NULL as the @wakeup parameter to advertise that something 8106 * else caused the wakeup. 8107 */ 8108 void cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 8109 struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup *wakeup, 8110 gfp_t gfp); 8111 8112 /** 8113 * cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped() - indicate critical protocol stopped by driver. 8114 * 8115 * @wdev: the wireless device for which critical protocol is stopped. 8116 * @gfp: allocation flags 8117 * 8118 * This function can be called by the driver to indicate it has reverted 8119 * operation back to normal. One reason could be that the duration given 8120 * by .crit_proto_start() has expired. 8121 */ 8122 void cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped(struct wireless_dev *wdev, gfp_t gfp); 8123 8124 /** 8125 * ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels - get number of channels device has 8126 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8127 * 8128 * Return: the number of channels supported by the device. 8129 */ 8130 unsigned int ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels(struct wiphy *wiphy); 8131 8132 /** 8133 * cfg80211_check_combinations - check interface combinations 8134 * 8135 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8136 * @params: the interface combinations parameter 8137 * 8138 * This function can be called by the driver to check whether a 8139 * combination of interfaces and their types are allowed according to 8140 * the interface combinations. 8141 */ 8142 int cfg80211_check_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8143 struct iface_combination_params *params); 8144 8145 /** 8146 * cfg80211_iter_combinations - iterate over matching combinations 8147 * 8148 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8149 * @params: the interface combinations parameter 8150 * @iter: function to call for each matching combination 8151 * @data: pointer to pass to iter function 8152 * 8153 * This function can be called by the driver to check what possible 8154 * combinations it fits in at a given moment, e.g. for channel switching 8155 * purposes. 8156 */ 8157 int cfg80211_iter_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8158 struct iface_combination_params *params, 8159 void (*iter)(const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *c, 8160 void *data), 8161 void *data); 8162 8163 /* 8164 * cfg80211_stop_iface - trigger interface disconnection 8165 * 8166 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8167 * @wdev: wireless device 8168 * @gfp: context flags 8169 * 8170 * Trigger interface to be stopped as if AP was stopped, IBSS/mesh left, STA 8171 * disconnected. 8172 * 8173 * Note: This doesn't need any locks and is asynchronous. 8174 */ 8175 void cfg80211_stop_iface(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 8176 gfp_t gfp); 8177 8178 /** 8179 * cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces - shut down all interfaces for a wiphy 8180 * @wiphy: the wiphy to shut down 8181 * 8182 * This function shuts down all interfaces belonging to this wiphy by 8183 * calling dev_close() (and treating non-netdev interfaces as needed). 8184 * It shouldn't really be used unless there are some fatal device errors 8185 * that really can't be recovered in any other way. 8186 * 8187 * Callers must hold the RTNL and be able to deal with callbacks into 8188 * the driver while the function is running. 8189 */ 8190 void cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces(struct wiphy *wiphy); 8191 8192 /** 8193 * wiphy_ext_feature_set - set the extended feature flag 8194 * 8195 * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify. 8196 * @ftidx: extended feature bit index. 8197 * 8198 * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see 8199 * &struct wiphy.@ext_features) 8200 */ 8201 static inline void wiphy_ext_feature_set(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8202 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx) 8203 { 8204 u8 *ft_byte; 8205 8206 ft_byte = &wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8]; 8207 *ft_byte |= BIT(ftidx % 8); 8208 } 8209 8210 /** 8211 * wiphy_ext_feature_isset - check the extended feature flag 8212 * 8213 * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify. 8214 * @ftidx: extended feature bit index. 8215 * 8216 * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see 8217 * &struct wiphy.@ext_features) 8218 */ 8219 static inline bool 8220 wiphy_ext_feature_isset(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8221 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx) 8222 { 8223 u8 ft_byte; 8224 8225 ft_byte = wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8]; 8226 return (ft_byte & BIT(ftidx % 8)) != 0; 8227 } 8228 8229 /** 8230 * cfg80211_free_nan_func - free NAN function 8231 * @f: NAN function that should be freed 8232 * 8233 * Frees all the NAN function and all it's allocated members. 8234 */ 8235 void cfg80211_free_nan_func(struct cfg80211_nan_func *f); 8236 8237 /** 8238 * struct cfg80211_nan_match_params - NAN match parameters 8239 * @type: the type of the function that triggered a match. If it is 8240 * %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE it means that we replied to a subscriber. 8241 * If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH, it means that we got a discovery 8242 * result. 8243 * If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP, we received a follow up. 8244 * @inst_id: the local instance id 8245 * @peer_inst_id: the instance id of the peer's function 8246 * @addr: the MAC address of the peer 8247 * @info_len: the length of the &info 8248 * @info: the Service Specific Info from the peer (if any) 8249 * @cookie: unique identifier of the corresponding function 8250 */ 8251 struct cfg80211_nan_match_params { 8252 enum nl80211_nan_function_type type; 8253 u8 inst_id; 8254 u8 peer_inst_id; 8255 const u8 *addr; 8256 u8 info_len; 8257 const u8 *info; 8258 u64 cookie; 8259 }; 8260 8261 /** 8262 * cfg80211_nan_match - report a match for a NAN function. 8263 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match 8264 * @match: match notification parameters 8265 * @gfp: allocation flags 8266 * 8267 * This function reports that the a NAN function had a match. This 8268 * can be a subscribe that had a match or a solicited publish that 8269 * was sent. It can also be a follow up that was received. 8270 */ 8271 void cfg80211_nan_match(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 8272 struct cfg80211_nan_match_params *match, gfp_t gfp); 8273 8274 /** 8275 * cfg80211_nan_func_terminated - notify about NAN function termination. 8276 * 8277 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match 8278 * @inst_id: the local instance id 8279 * @reason: termination reason (one of the NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_*) 8280 * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier 8281 * @gfp: allocation flags 8282 * 8283 * This function reports that the a NAN function is terminated. 8284 */ 8285 void cfg80211_nan_func_terminated(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 8286 u8 inst_id, 8287 enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason reason, 8288 u64 cookie, gfp_t gfp); 8289 8290 /* ethtool helper */ 8291 void cfg80211_get_drvinfo(struct net_device *dev, struct ethtool_drvinfo *info); 8292 8293 /** 8294 * cfg80211_external_auth_request - userspace request for authentication 8295 * @netdev: network device 8296 * @params: External authentication parameters 8297 * @gfp: allocation flags 8298 * Returns: 0 on success, < 0 on error 8299 */ 8300 int cfg80211_external_auth_request(struct net_device *netdev, 8301 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params, 8302 gfp_t gfp); 8303 8304 /** 8305 * cfg80211_pmsr_report - report peer measurement result data 8306 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the measurement 8307 * @req: the original measurement request 8308 * @result: the result data 8309 * @gfp: allocation flags 8310 */ 8311 void cfg80211_pmsr_report(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 8312 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *req, 8313 struct cfg80211_pmsr_result *result, 8314 gfp_t gfp); 8315 8316 /** 8317 * cfg80211_pmsr_complete - report peer measurement completed 8318 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the measurement 8319 * @req: the original measurement request 8320 * @gfp: allocation flags 8321 * 8322 * Report that the entire measurement completed, after this 8323 * the request pointer will no longer be valid. 8324 */ 8325 void cfg80211_pmsr_complete(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 8326 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *req, 8327 gfp_t gfp); 8328 8329 /** 8330 * cfg80211_iftype_allowed - check whether the interface can be allowed 8331 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8332 * @iftype: interface type 8333 * @is_4addr: use_4addr flag, must be '0' when check_swif is '1' 8334 * @check_swif: check iftype against software interfaces 8335 * 8336 * Check whether the interface is allowed to operate; additionally, this API 8337 * can be used to check iftype against the software interfaces when 8338 * check_swif is '1'. 8339 */ 8340 bool cfg80211_iftype_allowed(struct wiphy *wiphy, enum nl80211_iftype iftype, 8341 bool is_4addr, u8 check_swif); 8342 8343 8344 /** 8345 * cfg80211_assoc_comeback - notification of association that was 8346 * temporarly rejected with a comeback 8347 * @netdev: network device 8348 * @bss: the bss entry with which association is in progress. 8349 * @timeout: timeout interval value TUs. 8350 * 8351 * this function may sleep. the caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 8352 */ 8353 void cfg80211_assoc_comeback(struct net_device *netdev, 8354 struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u32 timeout); 8355 8356 /* Logging, debugging and troubleshooting/diagnostic helpers. */ 8357 8358 /* wiphy_printk helpers, similar to dev_printk */ 8359 8360 #define wiphy_printk(level, wiphy, format, args...) \ 8361 dev_printk(level, &(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 8362 #define wiphy_emerg(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8363 dev_emerg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 8364 #define wiphy_alert(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8365 dev_alert(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 8366 #define wiphy_crit(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8367 dev_crit(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 8368 #define wiphy_err(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8369 dev_err(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 8370 #define wiphy_warn(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8371 dev_warn(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 8372 #define wiphy_notice(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8373 dev_notice(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 8374 #define wiphy_info(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8375 dev_info(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 8376 #define wiphy_info_once(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8377 dev_info_once(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 8378 8379 #define wiphy_err_ratelimited(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8380 dev_err_ratelimited(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 8381 #define wiphy_warn_ratelimited(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8382 dev_warn_ratelimited(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 8383 8384 #define wiphy_debug(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8385 wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args) 8386 8387 #define wiphy_dbg(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8388 dev_dbg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 8389 8390 #if defined(VERBOSE_DEBUG) 8391 #define wiphy_vdbg wiphy_dbg 8392 #else 8393 #define wiphy_vdbg(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8394 ({ \ 8395 if (0) \ 8396 wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args); \ 8397 0; \ 8398 }) 8399 #endif 8400 8401 /* 8402 * wiphy_WARN() acts like wiphy_printk(), but with the key difference 8403 * of using a WARN/WARN_ON to get the message out, including the 8404 * file/line information and a backtrace. 8405 */ 8406 #define wiphy_WARN(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8407 WARN(1, "wiphy: %s\n" format, wiphy_name(wiphy), ##args); 8408 8409 /** 8410 * cfg80211_update_owe_info_event - Notify the peer's OWE info to user space 8411 * @netdev: network device 8412 * @owe_info: peer's owe info 8413 * @gfp: allocation flags 8414 */ 8415 void cfg80211_update_owe_info_event(struct net_device *netdev, 8416 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info *owe_info, 8417 gfp_t gfp); 8418 8419 /** 8420 * cfg80211_bss_flush - resets all the scan entries 8421 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8422 */ 8423 void cfg80211_bss_flush(struct wiphy *wiphy); 8424 8425 /** 8426 * cfg80211_bss_color_notify - notify about bss color event 8427 * @dev: network device 8428 * @gfp: allocation flags 8429 * @cmd: the actual event we want to notify 8430 * @count: the number of TBTTs until the color change happens 8431 * @color_bitmap: representations of the colors that the local BSS is aware of 8432 */ 8433 int cfg80211_bss_color_notify(struct net_device *dev, gfp_t gfp, 8434 enum nl80211_commands cmd, u8 count, 8435 u64 color_bitmap); 8436 8437 /** 8438 * cfg80211_obss_color_collision_notify - notify about bss color collision 8439 * @dev: network device 8440 * @color_bitmap: representations of the colors that the local BSS is aware of 8441 */ 8442 static inline int cfg80211_obss_color_collision_notify(struct net_device *dev, 8443 u64 color_bitmap) 8444 { 8445 return cfg80211_bss_color_notify(dev, GFP_KERNEL, 8446 NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION, 8447 0, color_bitmap); 8448 } 8449 8450 /** 8451 * cfg80211_color_change_started_notify - notify color change start 8452 * @dev: the device on which the color is switched 8453 * @count: the number of TBTTs until the color change happens 8454 * 8455 * Inform the userspace about the color change that has started. 8456 */ 8457 static inline int cfg80211_color_change_started_notify(struct net_device *dev, 8458 u8 count) 8459 { 8460 return cfg80211_bss_color_notify(dev, GFP_KERNEL, 8461 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_STARTED, 8462 count, 0); 8463 } 8464 8465 /** 8466 * cfg80211_color_change_aborted_notify - notify color change abort 8467 * @dev: the device on which the color is switched 8468 * 8469 * Inform the userspace about the color change that has aborted. 8470 */ 8471 static inline int cfg80211_color_change_aborted_notify(struct net_device *dev) 8472 { 8473 return cfg80211_bss_color_notify(dev, GFP_KERNEL, 8474 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_ABORTED, 8475 0, 0); 8476 } 8477 8478 /** 8479 * cfg80211_color_change_notify - notify color change completion 8480 * @dev: the device on which the color was switched 8481 * 8482 * Inform the userspace about the color change that has completed. 8483 */ 8484 static inline int cfg80211_color_change_notify(struct net_device *dev) 8485 { 8486 return cfg80211_bss_color_notify(dev, GFP_KERNEL, 8487 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_COMPLETED, 8488 0, 0); 8489 } 8490 8491 #endif /* __NET_CFG80211_H */ 8492